WO2002018583A9 - Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same - Google Patents

Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same

Info

Publication number
WO2002018583A9
WO2002018583A9 PCT/US2001/027227 US0127227W WO0218583A9 WO 2002018583 A9 WO2002018583 A9 WO 2002018583A9 US 0127227 W US0127227 W US 0127227W WO 0218583 A9 WO0218583 A9 WO 0218583A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
integrin
domain
polypeptide
modified
ofthe
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2001/027227
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002018583A3 (en
WO2002018583A2 (en
Inventor
Timothy A Springer
Motomu Shimoaka
Chafen Lu
Original Assignee
Blood Res Center
Timothy A Springer
Motomu Shimoaka
Chafen Lu
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Blood Res Center, Timothy A Springer, Motomu Shimoaka, Chafen Lu filed Critical Blood Res Center
Priority to EP01966492A priority Critical patent/EP1315812B1/en
Priority to CA2417432A priority patent/CA2417432C/en
Priority to DE60140457T priority patent/DE60140457D1/en
Priority to AT01966492T priority patent/ATE448306T1/en
Priority to AU2001287000A priority patent/AU2001287000A1/en
Priority to JP2002522490A priority patent/JP5113314B2/en
Publication of WO2002018583A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002018583A2/en
Publication of WO2002018583A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002018583A3/en
Publication of WO2002018583A9 publication Critical patent/WO2002018583A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70546—Integrin superfamily
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S930/00—Peptide or protein sequence
    • Y10S930/01—Peptide or protein sequence
    • Y10S930/26—Containing cys-cys disulfide bridge between nonadjacent cysteine residues

Definitions

  • the integrin family of adhesion molecules are noncovalently-associated ⁇ / ⁇ heterodimers. To date, at least fourteen different integrin ⁇ subunits and eight different ⁇ subunits have been reported (Hynes, RO (1992) Cell 69:1-25). Lymphocyte function- associated antigen-1 (LFA-1) is a member ofthe leukocyte integrin subfamily.
  • leukocyte integrin subfamily share the common ⁇ 2 subunit (CD 18) but have distinct ⁇ subunits, ⁇ L (CD1 la), ⁇ M (CD1 lb), ⁇ X (CD1 lc) and ⁇ d for LFA-1, Mac-1 , pl50.95 and ⁇ d/ ⁇ 2, respectively (Springer, TA (1990) Nature 346:425-433; Larson, RS and Springer, TA (1990) Immunol Rev 114:181-217; Van der Vieren, M et al. (1995) Immunity 3:683-690).
  • the leukocyte integrins mediate a wide range of adhesive interactions that are essential for normal immune and inflammatory responses.
  • Both integrin and ⁇ subunits are type I transmembrane glycoproteins, each with a large extracellular domain, a single transmembrane region and a short cytoplasmic tail.
  • Several structurally distinct domains have been identified or predicted in the ⁇ and ⁇ subunit extracellular domains.
  • the N-terminal region ofthe integrin subunits contains seven repeats of about 60 amino acids each, and has been predicted to fold into a 7-bladed ⁇ -propeller domain (Springer, TA (1997) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:65-72).
  • the leukocyte integrin ⁇ subunits, the ⁇ l, al, ⁇ lO, ⁇ l 1, and E subunits contain an inserted domain or I-domain of about 200 amino acids (Larson, RS et al. (1989) J Cell Biol 108:703-712; Takada, Y et al. (1989) EMBO J 8:1361-1368; Briesewitz, R et al.
  • the I-domain is predicted to be inserted between ⁇ -sheets 2 and 3 ofthe ⁇ -propeller domain.
  • the three dimensional structure of the ⁇ M, ⁇ L, ⁇ l and ⁇ 2 I-domains has been solved and shows that it adopts the dinucleotide-binding fold with a unique divalent cation coordination site designated the metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) (Lee, J-O, et al.
  • MIDAS metal ion-dependent adhesion site
  • the integrin ⁇ subunits contain a conserved domain of about 250 amino acids in the N-terminal portion, and a cysteine-rich region in the C-terminal portion.
  • the ⁇ conserved domain, or I-like domain has been predicted to have an "I-domain-like" fold (Puzon-McLaughlin, W and Takada, Y (1996) J Biol Chem 271 :20438-20443; Tuckwell, DS and Humphries, MJ (1997) FEBS Lett 400: 297-303; Huang, C et al. (2000) J Biol Chem 275:21514-24).
  • the C-terminal Cys-rich region ofthe ⁇ subunits appears to be important in the regulation of integrin function, as a number of activating antibodies to the ⁇ l, ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 3 subunits bind to this region (Petruzzelli, L et al. (1995) J Immunol 155:854-866; Robinson, MK et al. (1992) J Immunol 148:1080-1085; Faull, RJ et al. (1996) J Biol Chem 271 :25099-25106; Shih, OT et al. (1993) J Cell Biol 122:1361-1371; Du, X et al. (1993) J Biol Chem 268:23087-23092).
  • Electron microscopic images of integrins reveal that the N-terminal portions of the ⁇ and ⁇ subunits fold into a globular head that is connected to the membrane by two rod-like tails about 16 nm long corresponding to the C-terminal portions ofthe ⁇ and ⁇ extracellular domains (Nermut, MV et al. (1988), EMBOJ 7:4093-4099; Weisel, JW et al. (1992) JBiol Chem 267:16637-16643; Wippler, j et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269: 8754-8761).
  • LFA-1 is expressed on all leukocytes and is the receptor for three Ig superfamily members, intercellular adhesion molecule-1, -2 and -3) (Marlin, SD et al. (1987) Cell 57:813-819; Staunton, DE et al. (1989) Nature 339:61 -64; de Fougerolles, et al. (1991) J Exp Med 1 74: 253-267).
  • Substantial data indicate that the I-domain of LFA-1 is critical for interaction with ligands. Mutagenesis studies have shown that residues M140, E146, T175, L205, E241, T243, S245 and K263 in the I-domain are important for ligand binding (Huang, C et al.
  • I-domains of other I-domain containing integrins have also been implicated in ligand binding (Diamond, MS (1993) J Cell Biol 120:545556; Michishita, M et al. (1993) Cell 72:857-867; Muchowski, PJ et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269:26419-26423; Zhou, L et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:17075-17079; Ueda, T et al. ( 1994) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91 :10680- 10684; Kamata, T et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:96599663; Kern, A et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:22 1-22816).
  • LFA-1 activation LFA-1 can be activated by signals from the cytoplasm, called “inside-out” signaling (Diamond, MS et al. (1994) Current Biology 4:506-517). Divalent cations Mn 2+ , Mg 2+ and Ca 2+ can directly modulate ligand-binding function of LFA-1 (Dransfield, I et al. (1989) EMBOJ
  • LFA-1 can be activated by certain mAbs that bind the extracellular domains ofthe ⁇ L or ⁇ 2 subunit (Keizer, GD et al. (1988) J Immunol 140:1393- 1400; Robinson, MK et l. (1992) J Immunol 148:1080-1085; Andrew, D et al. (1993) Eur J Immunol 23:2217-2222; Petruzzelli, L et al. (1995) J Immunol 155:854-866).
  • conformations or conformers In addition to integrins, many pharmaceutically important proteins exist in two alternative three-dimensional structures, referred to as conformations or conformers. Often these proteins have important signaling functions, such as small G proteins, trimeric G protein ⁇ subunits, tyrosine kinases, and G protein-coupled receptors. Typically, one of these conformations and not the other is enzymatically active or has effector functions. Therefore, antibody or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a protein in a particular conformation, for example, the active conformation, would have great advantages over non-selective alternatives.
  • Computational design can be used to introduce a disulfide bond into a protein or polypeptide such that the molecule is stabilized in a desired conformation.
  • antibodies e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a desired protein conformation, e.g., an "open” or active conformation or a "closed” or inactive conformation can be identified.
  • the invention pertains to methods for stabilizing a polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide comprising a functional domain of a protein, in a desired conformation.
  • the method comprises introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide such that the polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
  • the disulfide bond is formed by the introduction of at least one cysteine substitution into the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.00-8.09A. In another embodiment, the distance between the C ⁇ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08A.
  • Computational design can be used to introduce a disulfide bond into a protein or polypeptide such that the molecule is stabilized in a desired conformation. Accordingly, antibody or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a desired protein conformation can be identified.
  • the method ofthe invention is widely applicable to a variety of biologically and pharmaceutically important proteins that exist in two different three-dimensional conformations, including an integrin subunit, a small G protein, a heterotrimeric G protein alpha subunit, a tyrosine kinase, a G protein-coupled receptor, an enzyme under allosteric control, a zymogen, complement C3, complement C4, and fibrinogen.
  • the polypeptide is an integrin I-domain polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide that is stabilized in a desired conformation by the introduction of at least one disulfide bond.
  • a modified integrin I-domain is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution as compared to the wild-type sequence, such that a disulfide bond is formed.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteines is in the range of 3.00-8.09A.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is derived from an I-domain of an integrin ⁇ subunit, for example, ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, ⁇ lO, ⁇ l 1, ⁇ D, ⁇ E, ⁇ L (CDl la), ⁇ M (CDl lb), and ⁇ X (CDl lc).
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived from the I-domain of the human ⁇ L subunit and contains amino acid substitutions K287C/K294C, E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, L161C/T300C, or L289C/K294C.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived from the I-domain ofthe human ⁇ M subunit and contains amino acid substitutions Q163C/Q309C, D294C/Q311C, or Q163C/R313C.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is stabilized in the open conformation.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is stabilized in the closed conformation.
  • a modified integrin I-domain binds ligand with high affinity.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide.
  • the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • the modified integrin I-domain polypeptides, and/or biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof are useful, for example, as reagents or targets in assays applicable to the treatment and/or diagnosis of integrin-mediated disorders.
  • the invention provides an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to a modified integrin I-domain in the open conformation.
  • the invention provides an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain polypeptide in the open conformation, an integrin I-domain polypeptide in the closed conformation, or a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide.
  • the antibody binds to an activation specific epitope on the integrin I-domain. In another embodiment, the antibody blocks an interaction between an integrin and a cognate ligand. In one embodiment, the antibody is an anti-LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody which reacts with or binds an open or closed conformation of an LFA-1 polypeptide, or a modified LFA-1 I-domain integrin polypeptide, or fragment thereof.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a modulator of integrin activity comprising assaying the ability of a test compound to bind to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a compound capable of modulating the interaction of an integrin and a cognate ligand wherein binding of a ligand to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation is assayed in the presence and absence of a test compound.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or an anti-integrin I-domain antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof), such composition can further include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention pertains to methods for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder (e.g., an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder) in a subject, or for inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation or an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation.
  • an integrin-mediated disorder e.g., an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder
  • an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof
  • the antibody is an LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which specifically reacts with or binds an LFA-1 I- domain in the open conformation or specifically reacts with or binds a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide.
  • the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide binds ligand with high affinity.
  • the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide for therapeutic use is a soluble polypeptide, e.g., a fusion protein.
  • Figure 7 is a stereodiagram ofthe high affinity model ofthe LFA-1 I domain, with mutations to introduce a disulfide bond.
  • the model was prepared using segments ofthe putative high affinity Mac-1 I domain structure and a putative low affinity LFA-1 I domain structure as templates.
  • the K287C and K294C mutations were included in the model.
  • the sidechains and disulfide bond of C287 and C294 are shown in yellow.
  • the Mg 2+ ion ofthe MIDAS is shown as a gold sphere.
  • Sidechains of residues important in binding to ICAM-1 and ICAM-2 are shown with rose-pink sidechains and yellow sulfur, red oxygen, and blue nitrogen atoms.
  • Figure 2 depicts predicted disulfide bonds that are selective for high affinity or low affinity conformers ofthe LFA-1 I domain.
  • the K287C/K294C mutation (Panels A, and L289C/K294C mutation (Panels B, D) were modeled in both high affinity (Panels A, B) and low affinity (Panels C, D) I domain conformers. Residues 254 to 305 ofthe models are shown. The four models were superimposed using residues not involved in conformational shifts and were used in exactly the same orientation for figure preparation.
  • FIG. 3 depicts the cell surface expression of LFA-1 cysteine substitution mutants on 293T transient transfectants (Panel A), and K562 stable transfectants (Panel B) as determined by flow cytometric analysis using monoclonal antibody TS2/4 (shaded histogram) to ⁇ L in ⁇ L/ ⁇ 2 complex, or the nonbinding antibody X63 (open histogram). Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants.
  • Figure 4 depicts the binding of LFA-1 transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1.
  • Panel A 293T transient transfectants
  • Panels B and C K562 stable transfectants.
  • binding ofthe transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 was determined in LI 5 medium containing Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ in the presence or absence (control) ofthe activating antibody CBRLFA-1/2 at 10 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Panel C the binding assay was performed in TBS, pH7.5 supplemented with divalent cations or EDTA as indicated. Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants. Results are mean + SD of triplicate samples and representative of at least three experiments.
  • Figure 5 depicts the binding of soluble ICAM-1 -IgA fusion protein to K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1, the predicted high-affinity mutant K287C/K294C, or mutant L289C/K294C as assessed by flow cytometric analysis. Mean fluorescent intensity of ICAM-1 -IgA binding is indicated on the upper right corner ofthe histogram plot. Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants. Results are representative of three experiments.
  • Figure 6 depicts the inhibitory activity of lovastatin on ligand binding by cells expressing activated wild-type and high affinity (K287C/K294C) LFA-1.
  • Figure 7 depicts the cell surface expression ofthe isolated LFA-1 I-domains.
  • the wild-type ⁇ L I-domain and the mutant K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C I- domains were expressed on the surface ofthe K562 transfectants by the PDGFR transmembrane domain.
  • the level of cell surface I-domain was determined by flow cytometry using monoclonal antibody TS1/22 to the I-domain (shaded histogram). Binding ofthe control mAb X63 is shown as open histograms. Mean fluorescent intensity of TS 1/22 binding was indicated on the upper right corner ofthe histogram plot. Results of two individual clones (#1 and #2) from each I-domain transfectants are shown.
  • Figure 8 depicts the ligand binding activity ofthe cell surface expressed LFA-1 I-domains.
  • Panel A Binding of K562 transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 in the presence or absence of DTT. Binding was performed in the presence (white bar) or absence (black bar) of DTT.
  • Panel B Effect of divalent cations on binding of K562 transfectants to ICAM-1. Binding was performed in the presence of Mn (black bar), Mg 2+ (shaded bar) or EDTA (white bar). In Panels A and B, two clones (#1 and #2) of the transfectants expressing the wild-type I-domain or mutant I-domain were tested.
  • Panel C Effect of LFA-1 blocking antibodies on binding ofthe K287C/K294C I- domain to ICAM-1. Results are mean + SD of triplicate samples and representative of 3 experiments.
  • Figure 9 depicts the surface plasmon resonance sensograms by BIAcoreTM recording the interaction ofthe open (K287C/K294C) or wild-type I-domain with ligands, ICAM-1 (Panels A and B), ICAM-2 (Panels C and D), and ICAM-3 (Panels E andF).
  • Figure 10 depicts the inhibition of LFA-1 -dependent adhesion in vitro by the open ⁇ L I-domain.
  • Panel A depicts the adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing wild-type LFA-1 to immobilized ICAM-1 in the presence of soluble wild-type (closed circles) or open (K287C/K294C) I-domain (open circles);
  • Panel B depicts the homotypic aggregation ofthe murine EL-4 T lymphoma cell line in the presence of soluble wild-type (closed circles) or open (K287C/K294C) I-domain (open circles).
  • Figure 11 depicts the expression and ligand binding activity ofthe Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants in transiently transfected 293T cells.
  • Panel A binding of monoclonal antibodies CBRM1/32 (open bars) and CBRM1/5 (black bars) to intact Mac-1 I-domain mutants.
  • Panel B adhesion of 293T transient transfectants expressing intact Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants to iC3b coated on plastic.
  • Panel C adhesion of 293T transient transfectants expressing isolated Mac-1 mutant I-domains to iC3b ligand in the presence (black bars) or absence (open bars) of antibody CBRM1/5.
  • Figure 12 depicts the expression and ligand binding activity ofthe Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants in K562 stable transfectants.
  • Panel A representative histogram showing binding of monoclonal antibodies CBRM1/32 and CBRM1/5 to intact Mac-1 I-domain mutants as assessed by flow cytometry. Mean fluorescent intensity is indicated in the upper right hand corner ofthe histogram plot.
  • Panel B adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing intact Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants to iC3b coated on plastic.
  • Panel C adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing isolated Mac-1 I-mutant I-domains to iC3b ligand. Adhesion was assayed in the presence (black bars) or absence (open bars) of monoclonal antibody CBRM1/5, or in the presence of 10 mM DTT (gray bars).
  • the present invention is based, at least in part, on a method for stabilizing a polypeptide in a desired conformation by introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide.
  • computational design is used to introduce a disulfide bond that locks the protein in a particular conformation.
  • a "conformation” or “conformer” refers to the three dimensional structure of a protein.
  • a “desired” conformation includes a protein conformation that is conducive to a particular use ofthe polypeptide, e.g., a conformation that supports a particular biological function and/or activity, or a therapeutic effect.
  • a desired conformation is a protein conformation which promotes or activates a biological function and or activity, e.g. , an open or active conformation.
  • a desired conformation is a protein conformation which inhibits or suppresses a biological function and/or activity, e.g., a closed or inactive conformation.
  • the method ofthe invention includes modeling a protein, or a functional domain thereof, on a template ofthe desired three-dimensional structure of the protein and introducing cysteines which are able to form a disulfide bond only in the desired conformation ofthe protein, thus stabilizing the protein in that particular conformation.
  • the protein can be any protein, or domain thereof, for which a three dimensional structure is known or can be generated, and is preferably a protein that exists in two different conformations. Computational algorithms for designing and/or modeling protein conformations are described, for example, in WO 98/47089.
  • SSBOND program (Hazes, B and Dijkstra, BW (1988) Rrote Engineering 2:119-125) can be used to identify positions where disulfide bonds can be introduced in a protein structure by mutating appropriately positioned pairs of residues to cysteine.
  • Disulfide bond formation occurs between two cysteine residues that are appropriately positioned within the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide.
  • a polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation by introducing at least one cysteine substitution into the amino acid sequence such that a disulfide bond is formed.
  • the introduction of a single cysteine substitution is performed in circumstances in which an additional cysteine residue is present in the native amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide at an appropriate position such that a disulfide bond is formed.
  • two cysteine substitutions are introduced into the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide at positions that allow a disulfide bond to form, thereby stabilizing the polypeptide in a desired conformation.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteine is 3.00-8.09A. In yet another embodiment, the distance between the C ⁇ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
  • cysteine substitutions are introduced such that the formation of a disulfide bond is favored only in one protein conformation, such that the protein is stabilized in that particular conformation.
  • Preparation of a modified polypeptide ofthe invention by introducing cysteine substitutions is preferably achieved by mutagenesis of DNA encoding the polypeptide of interest (e.g., an integrin polypeptide).
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions into the nucleotide sequence of an integrin gene such that one or more amino acid substitutions, e.g., cysteine substitutions, are introduced into the encoded protein.
  • Mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid sequence by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis.
  • Suitable proteins include, but are not limited to, industrially and therapeutically important proteins such as: 1) signaling molecules, such as small G proteins, trimeric G protein alpha subunits, tyrosine kinases, and G protein-coupled receptors; 2) enzymes under allosteric control, 3) zymogens that undergo conformational change after activation by proteolytic cleavage, such as the proteases (convertases and factors) ofthe complement and clotting cascades, and 4) proteolytically activated effector molecules such as complement components C3 and C4, and fibrinogen.
  • signaling molecules such as small G proteins, trimeric G protein alpha subunits, tyrosine kinases, and G protein-coupled receptors
  • enzymes under allosteric control such as the proteolytic cleavage, such as the proteases (convert
  • the method ofthe invention can be used to stabilize a protein in a biologically active conformation, e.g., a conformation that is enzymatically active or has ligand binding capacity and/or effector functions, e.g., an "open" conformation.
  • the method ofthe invention can be used to stabilize a protein in a biologically inactive conformation, e.g., a conformation that is enzymatically inactive or does not have ligand binding capacity and/or effector functions, e.g., a "closed” conformation.
  • Proteins that are stabilized in a particular conformation may find use in, for example, in proteomic screening technologies.
  • antibodies, polypeptide, and/or small molecules that are specific for, e.g., an active protein conformer or an inactive protein conformer can be used to assess the activity of different cellular signaling, metabolic, and adhesive pathways.
  • associations can be made between specific diseases and the activation of specific biochemical and signaling pathways.
  • the invention relates to the polypeptides, antibodies, and small molecules identified using the methods described herein and uses for same, e.g., to treat, for example, inflammatory disorders.
  • Conformer- specific reagents can also be placed on chips and used to screen tissue extracts, or used to stain tissue sections.
  • drugs or antibodies e.g., anti-integrin antibodies which specifically recognize a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody which specifically recognizes a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide, that are selective for a particular conformer, e.g., an open conformer or a closed conformer, may provide differential therapeutic effects. Therefore, selective screening assays using a protein stabilized in a particular conformer can be used to rationally obtain compounds with a desired activity.
  • a particular conformer e.g., an open conformer or a closed conformer
  • Integrins exist on cell surfaces in an inactive conformation that does not bind ligand. Upon cell activation, integrins change shape (conformation) and can bind ligand. Over 20 different integrin heterodimers (different ⁇ and ⁇ subunit combinations) exist that are expressed in a selective fashion on all cells in the body. After activation, integrins bind in a specific manner to protein ligands on the surface of other cells, in the extracellular matrix, or that are assembled in the clotting or complement cascades. Integrins on leukocytes are of central importance in leukocyte emigration and in inflammatory and immune responses.
  • Ligands for the leukocyte integrin Mac-1 include the inflammation-associated cell surface molecule ICAM-1, the complement component iC3b, and the clotting component fibrinogen.
  • Ligands for the leukocyte integrin LFA-1 include ICAM-1, ICAM-2, and
  • Antibodies to leukocyte integrins can block many types of inflammatory and auto-immune diseases, by, e.g., modulating, e.g., inhibiting, for example, cell to cell interactions or cell to extracellular matrix interactions.
  • Integrins on platelets are important in clotting and in heart disease; approved drugs include the antibody abciximab (ReoproTM) and the peptide-like antagonist eptifibatide (IntegrilinTM).
  • Integrins on connective tissue cells, epithelium, and endothelium are important in disease states affecting these cells. They regulate cell growth, differentiation, wound healing, fibrosis, apoptosis, and angiogenesis.
  • drugs are needed that bind to the active, ligand-binding conformation.
  • Most antibodies bind to both the active and inactive conformations, since only a small portion ofthe surface ofthe integrin molecule changes shape. It is desirable that antibodies bind only to the active integrin conformation, e.g., the "open" conformation, because binding to the inactive conformation can lead to side reactions, generation of anti-idiotypic antibodies, and result in clearance ofthe antibody and, thus, requires much higher doses to be administered.
  • the methods described herein have been successfully used to introduce disulfide bonds into the I domains ofthe integrins, e.g., LFA-1 and Mac-1.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention may be derived from an I-domain of an integrin ⁇ subunit including ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, ⁇ lO, ⁇ l 1, ⁇ D, ⁇ E, ⁇ L (CDl la), ⁇ M (CDl lb) and ⁇ X (CDl lc).
  • a "modified integrin I-domain polypeptide” or “modified integrin polypeptide” includes an integrin I-domain polypeptide that has been altered with respect to the wild-type sequence or the native state such that at least one disulfide bond has been introduced into the polypeptide thereby stabilizing the I-domain in a desired conformation.
  • derived from or “derivative”, as used interchangeably herein, are intended to mean that a sequence is identical to or modified from another sequence, e.g., a naturally occurring sequence.
  • Derivatives within the scope ofthe invention include polynucleotide and polypeptide derivatives.
  • Polypeptide or protein derivatives include polypeptide or protein sequences that differ from the sequences described or known in amino acid sequence, or in ways that do not involve sequence, or both, and still preserve the activity ofthe polypeptide or protein.
  • Derivatives in amino acid sequence are produced when one or more amino acid is substituted with a different natural amino acid, an amino acid derivative or non-native amino acid.
  • protein derivatives include naturally occurring polypeptides or proteins, or biologically active fragments thereof, whose sequences differ from the wild-type sequence by one or more conservative amino acid substitutions, which typically have minimal influence on the secondary structure and hydrophobic nature ofthe protein or peptide.
  • Derivatives may also have sequences which differ by one or more non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions which do not abolish the biological activity ofthe polypeptide or protein.
  • Conservative substitutions typically include the substitution of one amino acid for another with similar characteristics (e.g., charge, size, shape, and other biological properties) such as substitutions within the following groups: valine, glycine; glycine, alanine; valine, isoleucine; aspartic acid, glutamic acid; asparagine, glutamine; serine, threonine; lysine, arginine; and phenylalanine, tyrosine.
  • the non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan and methionine.
  • the polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine and glutamine.
  • the positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine and histidine.
  • the negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
  • derivatives with amino acid substitutions which are less conservative may also result in desired derivatives, e.g., by causing changes in charge, conformation and other biological properties.
  • substitutions would include, for example, substitution of hydrophilic residue for a hydrophobic residue, substitution of a cysteine or proline for another residue, substitution of a residue having a small side chain for a residue having a bulky side chain or substitution of a residue having a net positive charge for a residue having a net negative charge.
  • the derivatives may be readily assayed according to the methods disclosed herein to determine the presence or absence ofthe desired characteristics.
  • the polypeptides and proteins of this invention may also be modified by various changes such as insertions, deletions and substitutions, either conservative or nonconservative where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is stabilized in the open conformation, and binds ligand with high affinity.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, as compared to the wild-type sequence.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteines is in the range of 3.00-8.09A, e.g., as predicted by protein modeling.
  • the distance between the C ⁇ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
  • cysteine residues at appropriate positions within the amino acid sequence ofthe I-domain polypeptide allows for the formation of a disulfide bond that stabilizes the domain in a particular conformation, e.g., an active "open” conformation, or an inactive "closed” conformation.
  • the ⁇ L K287C/K294C, E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, L161C/T300C, and L289C/K294C mutants, and the ⁇ M Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC mutants are stabilized in the "open" conformation that bind ligand with high or intermediate affinity, whereas the ⁇ L L289C/K294C mutant and the ⁇ M Q163C/R313C mutants are stabilized in an inactive or "closed" conformation that does not bind ligand.
  • the affinity of E284C/E301C is nearly comparable to that of K287C/K294C, e.g., high-affinity.
  • the affinity of L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are significantly higher than wild-type, but 20-30 times lower than high-affinity ⁇ L I-domain, K287C/K294C.
  • L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are referred to herein as intermediate affinity ⁇ L I-domains.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain which is comprised within an integrin ⁇ subunit, and which may be further associated with an integrin ⁇ subunit.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of the invention is a soluble polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-like domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
  • a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide is stabilized in the open conformation, and binds ligand with high affinity.
  • a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide ofthe invention is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, as compared to the wild-type sequence.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain which is comprised within an integrin ⁇ subunit, and which may be further associated with an integrin ⁇ subunit.
  • a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide ofthe invention is a soluble polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide which is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide. Integrins are key targets in many diseases.
  • isolated high affinity I- domains ofthe invention as well as antibodies, or small molecule antagonists selective for activated leukocyte integrins can be used to modulate, e.g., inhibit or prevent, autoimmune and inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, and ischemia/reperfusion injury as in hypovolemic shock, myocardial infarct, and cerebral shock.
  • co-crystals of high affinity I domains bound to natural ligands and/or small molecule antagonists can readily be made, which will enable computational drug design, and advance modification and improvement of drug development candidates.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a modulator of integrin activity comprising assaying the ability of a test compound to bind to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a compound capable of modulating the interaction of an integrin and a cognate ligand wherein binding of a ligand to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation is assayed in the presence and absence of a test compound.
  • the invention also provides a composition comprising a modified integrin I- domain polypeptide or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to a modified integrin I- domain, e.g., an I-domain in the open conformation, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a modified integrin I- domain polypeptide or an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to a modified integrin I- domain, e.g., an I-domain in the open conformation
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., an antigen binding fragment thereof
  • the invention provides methods for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder (e.g., an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder) in a subject, or for inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to a therapeutically effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation or anti-integrin antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation.
  • the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide binds ligand with high affinity.
  • the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide for therapeutic use is a soluble polypeptide, e.g., a fusion protein.
  • an integrin mediated disorder includes, for example, an inflammatory or immune system disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder. Examples of integrin-mediated disorders include myocardial infarction, stroke, restenosis, transplant rejection, graft versus host disease or host versus graft disease, and reperfusion injury.
  • An inflammatory or immune system disorder includes, but is not limited to adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), multiple organ injury syndromes secondary to septicemia or trauma, viral infection, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, leukocyte adhesion deficiency II syndrome, thermal injury, hemodialysis, leukapheresis, peritonitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lung inflammation, asthma, acute appendicitis, dermatoses with acute inflammatory components, wound healing, septic shock, acute glomerulonephritis, nephritis, amyloidosis, reactive arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic bronchitis, Sjorgen's syndrome, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, lupus, polymyositis, Reiter's syndrome, psoriasis, dermatitis, pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammatory breast disease, orbital inflammatory disease, immune deficiency disorders (e
  • a “cellular proliferative disorder” includes those disorders that affect cell proliferation, activation, adhesion, growth, differentiation, or migration processes.
  • a “cellular proliferation, activation, adhesion, growth, differentiation, or migration process” is a process by which a cell increases in number, size, activation state, or content, by which a cell develops a specialized set of characteristics which differ from that of other cells, or by which a cell moves closer to or further from a particular location or stimulus.
  • Such disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, lymphoma or leukemia, examples of which include, but are not limited to, breast, endometrial, ovarian, uterine, hepatic, gastrointestinal, prostate, colorectal, and lung cancer, melanoma, neurofibromatosis, adenomatous polyposis of the colon, Wilms' tumor, nephroblastoma, teratoma, rhabdomyosarcoma; tumor invasion, angiogenesis and metastasis; skeletal dysplasia; hematopoietic and/or myeloproliferative disorders.
  • cancer e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, lymphoma or leukemia
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, breast, endometrial, ovarian, uterine, hepatic, gastrointestinal, prostate, colorectal, and lung cancer, melanoma, neurofibromatosis, adenomato
  • Modified Integrin I-domain Polypeptides and Anti-integrin I-domain Antibodies include the use of isolated, modified integrin polypeptides, and biologically active portions thereof.
  • a modified integrin polypeptide includes a modified I-domain polypeptide and a modified I-like domain polypeptide.
  • Modified integrin polypeptides ofthe invention include modified integrin I- domain and I-like domain polypeptides that are comprised within an integrin ⁇ or ⁇ subunit polypeptide, respectively; soluble modified integrin I-domain and I-like domain polypeptides; and modified integrin I-domain and I-like domain polypeptides that are operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide, e.g., fusion proteins.
  • cDNAs for multiple human integrin ⁇ and ⁇ subunit polypeptides have been cloned and sequenced, and the polypeptide sequences have been determined (see, for example, GenBank Accession Numbers: NM_002203 ( ⁇ 2), AFl 12345 ( ⁇ lO), NM_012211 ( ⁇ l 1), NM 005353 ( ⁇ D), NM_002208 ( ⁇ E), NM_000887 ( ⁇ X), NM_000632 ( ⁇ M), NM_002209 ( ⁇ L), X68742 and P56199 ( ⁇ l), NM_000211 ( ⁇ 2), NM_000212 ( ⁇ 3), NM_002214 ( ⁇ 8)).
  • polypeptide sequences encoding human ⁇ L and ⁇ M are set forth as SEQ ID NO:2 (GenBank Accession No. P20701) and SEQ ID NO:4 (GenBank Accession No. PI 1215), respectively.
  • sequences encoding integrin ⁇ and ⁇ subunit polypeptides from other species are available in the art.
  • three dimensional structure ofthe ⁇ M, ⁇ L, ⁇ l and ⁇ 2 I-domains has been solved (Lee, J-O, et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340; Lee, J-O, et al.
  • Isolated modified integrin polypeptides ofthe present invention preferably have an amino acid sequence that is sufficiently identical to the amino acid sequence of a native integrin polypeptide, yet which comprise at least one, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, such that a disulfide bond is formed that stabilizes the polypeptide in a desired conformation.
  • the term "sufficiently identical” refers to an amino acid (or nucleotide) sequence which contains a sufficient or minimum number of identical or equivalent (e.g., an amino acid residue that has a similar side chain) amino acid residues (or nucleotides) to a integrin amino acid (or nucleotide) sequence such that the polypeptide shares common structural domains or motifs, and/or a common functional activity with a native integrin polypeptide.
  • amino acid or nucleotide sequences which share at least 30%, 40%, or 50%, preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, 75%, 80%, 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% or greater identity and share a common functional activity (e.g., an activity of a modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain as described herein) are defined herein as sufficiently identical.
  • An integrin I-domain polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence from the integrin polypeptides disclosed herein due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis.
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes).
  • the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, or 90% ofthe length ofthe reference sequence.
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared.
  • amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "homology”).
  • the percent identity between the two sequences is a function ofthe number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment ofthe two sequences.
  • the comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
  • the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol. (48):444-453 (1970)) algorithm which has been inco ⁇ orated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossom 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences is determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller (Comput. Appl. Biosci., 4:11-17 (1988)) which has been inco ⁇ orated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM 120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.
  • a "biologically active portion" of a modified integrin polypeptide includes a fragment of a modified integrin polypeptide which retains a modified integrin polypeptide activity.
  • a biologically active portion of a modified integrin polypeptide comprises at least one domain or motif with at least one activity ofthe modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., ligand binding.
  • biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide include modified integrin I-domain polypeptides.
  • Biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide may comprise amino acid sequences sufficiently identical to or derived from the amino acid sequence of a modified integrin polypeptide, which include less amino acids than the full length modified integrin polypeptide, and exhibit at least one activity of a modified integrin polypeptide.
  • Biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide e.g., a modified I- domain or I-like domain, can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a integrin polypeptide activity, e.g., ligand binding, adhesion, e.g., cell to cell adhesion or cell to extracellular matrix adhesion, and/or signaling activity.
  • a biologically active portion of a modified integrin polypeptide comprises a polypeptide which can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more ofthe functional activities of a modified integrin polypeptide.
  • modified integrin polypeptides are produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • a modified integrin polypeptide can be isolated from a host cell transfected with a polynucleotide sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide (e.g., a I-domain polypeptide or a soluble I-domain fusion protein) using an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
  • a modified integrin polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
  • an “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein, or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the source, e.g., the cellular source, from which the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide in which the protein is separated from cellular components ofthe cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-modified integrin polypeptide (also referred to herein as a
  • contaminating protein more preferably less than about 20% of non-modified integrin polypeptide, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-modified integrin polypeptide, and most preferably less than about 5% non-modified integrin polypeptide.
  • modified integrin polypeptide or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% ofthe volume ofthe protein preparation.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis ofthe protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals.
  • a modified integrin polypeptide that are chimeric or fusion proteins.
  • a modified integrin "chimeric protein" or “fusion protein” comprises a modified integrin polypeptide operatively linked to a non-modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a heterologous polypeptide.
  • a modified integrin fusion protein comprises at least an I-domain or an I- like domain.
  • the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the modified integrin polypeptide and the heterologous polypeptide sequences are fused in-frame to each other.
  • the heterologous polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus ofthe modified integrin polypeptide.
  • the fusion protein is a modified integrin-I-domain fusion protein in which the Fc region, e.g., the hinge, CI and C2 sequences, of an immunoglobulin, (e.g., human IgGl) is fused to the C-terminus ofthe modified integrin sequences.
  • Integrin immunoglobulin chimeras can be constructed essentially as described in WO 91/08298.
  • Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant modified integrin polypeptides.
  • the fusion protein is a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide fused to a heterologous transmembrane domain, such that the fusion protein is expressed on the cell surface.
  • modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins ofthe invention can be inco ⁇ orated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo.
  • a soluble modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in an open, ligand binding conformation, or fusion protein thereof may be used to modulate integrin activity (e.g., integrin binding to a cognate ligand) in a subject.
  • a soluble modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein may be used to treat an inflammatory or immune system disorder, e.g., an autoimmune disorder.
  • a soluble modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein may be used to treat a cellular proliferative disease.
  • Use of soluble modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins can also be used to affect the bioavailability of a integrin ligand, e.g., ICAM.
  • modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins ofthe invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-integrin antibodies in a subject, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, and in screening assays to identify molecules which modulate integrin activity, and/or modulate the interaction of a integrin polypeptide with a integrin ligand or receptor.
  • a modified integrin fusion protein of the invention is produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
  • DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in- frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992).
  • anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence
  • many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
  • a modified integrin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the modified integrin polypeptide.
  • the methods ofthe present invention may also include the use of modified integrin polypeptides which function as either integrin agonists (mimetics) or as integrin antagonists.
  • An agonist of an integrin polypeptide can retain substantially the same, or a subset, ofthe biological activities ofthe naturally occurring form of a integrin polypeptide.
  • An antagonist of an integrin polypeptide can inhibit one or more ofthe activities of a native form ofthe integrin polypeptide by, for example, competitively modulating an integrin activity.
  • specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a modified integrin polypeptide stabilized in a desired conformation.
  • An isolated, modified integrin polypeptide e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to a specific conformation of an integrin, e.g., an integrin I-domain, using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation (see, generally R. H. Kenneth, in Monoclonal Antibodies: A New Dimension In Biological Analyses, Plenum Publishing Co ⁇ ., New York, New York (1980); E. A. Lerner (1981) Yale J. Biol. Med, 54:387-402; M. L. Gefter et al. (1977) Somatic Cell Genet. 3:231-36).
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site which specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, e.g., an integrin I-domain in an open or closed conformation, or a modified integrin I- domain, such as an LFA-1 I-domain, e.g., an open or closed LFA-1 I-domain or a modified integrin I-domain of LFA-1.
  • immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab')2 fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody with an enzyme such as pepsin.
  • the invention provides polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that bind a modified integrin polypeptide e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof.
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” or “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular modified integrin polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof with which it immunoreacts.
  • a monoclonal anti-integrin antibody can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g., an antibody phage display library) with a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain stabilized in the open conformation, to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind to an conformation specific epitope on an integrin polypeptide, e.g., an open conformation.
  • Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System,
  • examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT International Publication WO 92/20791 ; Markland et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT International Publication No.
  • recombinant anti-integrin antibodies such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, can also be used in the methods ofthe present invention.
  • chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in Robinson et al. International Application No. PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al. European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171 ,496; Morrison et al. European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al. PCT International Publication No.
  • an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention binds selectively to an integrin I-domain in the open, high-affinity conformation, e.g., at an epitope that is unique to an activated integrin (also referred to herein as an activation specific epitope).
  • an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention modulates (e.g., inhibits) the binding interaction between an activated integrin and its cognate ligand.
  • an anti-integrin antibody inhibits leukocyte adhesion and/or aggregation.
  • an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention binds selectively to an integrin I-domain in an open conformation, e.g., an LFA-1 I-domain in an open conformation, or a modified integrin I-domain, e.g., a modified I-domain of an LFA-1 molecule.
  • An anti-integrin antibody (e.g., a monoclonal antibody) can be used in the methods ofthe invention to modulate the expression and/or activity of an integrin or an integrin I-domain polypeptide.
  • An anti-integrin antibody can also be used to isolate modified integrin or integrin I-domain polypeptides, e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or fusion proteins by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation.
  • an anti-integrin antibody can be used to remove and/or kill cells expressing activated integrin.
  • an anti-integrin antibody can be used to detect integrin polypeptides in a particular conformation (e.g., an activated integrin), for example, for the localization of stimulated and/or activated leukocytes.
  • an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an antibody which reacts with or binds an integrin I-domain in an open conformation or a modified integrin I-domain, can be used therapeutically as described herein.
  • anti-integrin antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in blood as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, detect inflammation. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ - galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
  • suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin;
  • suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin;
  • an example of a luminescent material includes luminol;
  • bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125 I, 131 I, 35 S or 3 H.
  • nucleic acid molecules that encode integrin polypeptides (e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptide) or biologically active portions thereof.
  • integrin polypeptides e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptide
  • biologically active portions thereof e.g., the term "nucleic acid molecule” is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs ofthe DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding the wild-type human ⁇ L and ⁇ M polypeptides are set forth as SEQ ID NO:l (GenBank Accession No. NM_002209) and SEQ ID NO:3 (Genbank Accession No. J03925), respectively.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention include the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:l and SEQ ID NO:3, which encode the modified amino acid sequences ofthe ⁇ L and ⁇ M mutants described herein, e.g., identified below in Table 9.
  • Table 9 illustrates the specific nucleotide residues which are altered to result in the modified ⁇ L and ⁇ M mutants as described herein.
  • the ⁇ L K287C/K294C mutant is a modified ⁇ L polypeptide, wherein there is a change in the amino acid sequence of ⁇ L (SEQ ID NO:2) such that amino acid residues 287 and 294 are substituted with cysteine residues.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 amino acid sequence of ⁇ L
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 The corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence, SEQ ID NO: 1 , is modified at nucleotide residues 1022-1024 and 1 143-1145, respectively.
  • nucleotide residues in the wild-type ⁇ L nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:l
  • nucleotide residues 1022-1024 are modified from "aaa” to "tgt.”
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source ofthe nucleic acid.
  • isolated includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends ofthe nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA ofthe organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide can contain less than about 5 kb, 4kb, 3kb, 2kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA ofthe cell from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • nucleotide sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence ofthe encoded modified integrin polypeptide, without further altering the structural characteristics or functional ability of the modified integrin polypeptide.
  • nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide.
  • a "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the sequence of a modified integrin polypeptide without further altering the structure and/or biological activity.
  • computational design and modeling are used to determine which amino acid residues are amenable to alteration in order to achieve the desired protein conformation.
  • the methods ofthe invention may include the use of nucleic acid molecules encoding modified integrin polypeptides that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues.
  • a "conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art.
  • amino acids with basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid
  • uncharged polar side chains e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine
  • nonpolar side chains e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan
  • beta-branched side chains e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine
  • aromatic side chains e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine
  • a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a modified integrin polypeptide is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • vectors for example, recombinant expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a modified integrin polypeptide (or a portion thereof), e.g., an integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptide or fusion protein.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated.
  • viral vector wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome.
  • vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • Other vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors”.
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and “vector” can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the methods ofthe invention may include other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • viral vectors e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses
  • the recombinant expression vectors ofthe invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression ofthe nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis ofthe host cells to be used for expression, which is operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
  • "operably linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner which allows for expression ofthe nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • regulatory sequence is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cells and those which direct expression ofthe nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design ofthe expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice ofthe host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like.
  • the expression vectors ofthe invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., modified integrin I-domain polypeptides, fusion proteins, and the like).
  • the invention provides a method for producing a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, by culturing in a suitable medium, a host cell ofthe invention (e.g., a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell) containing a recombinant expression vector such that the protein is produced.
  • a host cell ofthe invention e.g., a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell
  • modified integrin polypeptides or fusion proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in En ⁇ ymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990).
  • the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.
  • Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus ofthe recombinant protein.
  • Such fusion vectors typically serve three pu ⁇ oses: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility and/or stability ofthe recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification ofthe recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification.
  • a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction ofthe fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation ofthe recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification ofthe fusion protein.
  • enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase.
  • Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D.B. and Johnson, K.S.
  • integrin I-domain fusion proteins e.g., soluble I-domain-Ig
  • suitable inducible non-fusion E can be utilized to modulate integrin activity, as described herein.
  • coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amann et al., (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 1 Id (Studier et al., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 60-89).
  • Target gene expression from the pTrc vector relies on host RNA polymerase transcription from a hybrid t ⁇ -lac fusion promoter.
  • Target gene expression from the pET 1 Id vector relies on transcription from a T7 gnlO-lac fusion promoter mediated by a coexpressed viral RNA polymerase (T7 gnl).
  • This viral polymerase is supplied by host strains BL21(DE3) or HMS174(DE3) from a resident prophage harboring a T7 gnl gene under the transcriptional control ofthe lacUV 5 promoter.
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 1 19-128).
  • Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence ofthe nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (Wada et al., (1992) Nucleic Acids Res. 20:21 1 1-21 18).
  • Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences ofthe invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
  • the expression vector is a yeast expression vector.
  • yeast expression vectors for expression in yeast S. cerevisiae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al., (1987) EMBOJ 6:229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, (1982) Ce/730:933- 943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al., (1987) Gene 54:113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Co ⁇ oration, San Diego, CA), and picZ (InVitrogen Co ⁇ , San Diego, CA).
  • modified integrin polypeptides can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells include the pAc series (Smith et al. (1983) Mol. Cell Biol. 3:2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers (1989) Virology 170:31-39).
  • a nucleic acid ofthe invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector. Examples of mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, B. (1987) Nature 329:840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman et al.
  • the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements.
  • viral regulatory elements For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Nirus 40.
  • promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Nirus 40.
  • suitable expression systems for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells see chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, ⁇ Y, 1989.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression ofthe nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987) Genes Dev. 1 :268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988) Adv. Immunol. 43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989) EMBOJ.
  • mammary gland-specific promoters e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Patent No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166.
  • Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Grass (1990) Science 249:374-379) and the ⁇ -fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989) Genes Dev. 3:537-546).
  • Another aspect ofthe invention pertains to host cells into which a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin polypeptide ofthe invention is introduced, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a modified integrin I-domain nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site ofthe host cell's genome.
  • host cell and "recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope ofthe term as used herein.
  • a host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
  • a modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as hematopoietic cells, leukocytes, K562 cells, 293T cells, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUV ⁇ C), human microvascular endothelial cells (HMV ⁇ C), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as hematopoietic cells, leukocytes, K562 cells, 293T cells, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUV ⁇ C), human microvascular endothelial cells (HMV ⁇ C), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • HMV ⁇ C human umbilical vein endothelial cells
  • HMV ⁇ C human micro
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
  • transformation and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, D ⁇ A ⁇ -dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
  • a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest.
  • selectable markers include those which confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate.
  • Nucleic acids encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding a modified integrin polypeptide or can be introduced on a separate vector.
  • Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have inco ⁇ orated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • a host cell ofthe invention such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (t.e., express) a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein, for use in the methods ofthe invention.
  • a host cell into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein has been introduced is cultured in a suitable medium such that a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein is produced.
  • a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein is isolated from the medium or the host cell.
  • a recombinant cell expressing a modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein can also be administered to a subject to modulate integrin activity.
  • a host cell ofthe invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals.
  • a host cell ofthe invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide- coding sequences have been introduced.
  • Such host cells can then be used to create non- human transgenic animals in which exogenous modified integrin I-domain sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous integrin I-domain sequences have been altered.
  • Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a modified integrin I-domain molecule and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of modified integrin I-domain polypeptide activity.
  • a "transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more ofthe cells ofthe animal includes a transgene.
  • Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like.
  • a transgene is exogenous DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and which remains in the genome ofthe mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues ofthe transgenic animal.
  • a "homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous integrin I-domain gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell ofthe animal, prior to development ofthe animal.
  • a transgenic animal ofthe invention can be created by introducing a modified integrin I-domain-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte, e.g, by microinjection, retroviral infection, and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression ofthe transgene.
  • a tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a modified integrin I-domain transgene to direct expression of a modified integrin I-domain protein to particular cells.
  • a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a modified integrin I-domain gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the modified integrin I-domain gene.
  • the modified integrin I-domain gene can be a human gene, but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human modified integrin I-domain gene.
  • a mouse modified integrin I-domain gene can be used to construct a homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a vector, suitable for altering an endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene in the mouse genome.
  • the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene is functionally disrupted (i. e. , no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
  • the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression ofthe endogenous modified integrin I-domain protein).
  • the altered portion ofthe modified integrin I- domain gene is flanked at its 5' and 3' ends by additional nucleic acid sequence ofthe modified integrin I-domain gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous modified integrin I-domain gene carried by the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule and an endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene in a cell, e.g., an embryonic stem cell.
  • the additional flanking modified integrin I- domain nucleic acid sequence is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene.
  • homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule typically, several kilobases of flanking DNA (both at the 5' and 3' ends) are included in the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule (see, e.g., Thomas, K.R. and Capecchi, M. R. (1987) Cell 51 :503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors).
  • the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule is introduced into a cell, e.g., an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced modified integrin I-domain gene has homologously recombined with the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene are selected (see e.g., Li, E. et al.
  • the selected cells can then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras (see e.g., Bradley, A. in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987) pp. 113-152).
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells ofthe animal contain the homologously recombined DNA by germline transmission ofthe transgene.
  • homologous recombination nucleic acid molecules e.g. , vectors, or homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, A. (1991) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 2:823-829 and in PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/1 1354 by Le Mouellec et al. ; WO 91/01140 by Smithies et al. ; WO 92/0968 by Zijlstra et al. ; and WO 93/04169 by Berns et al.
  • transgenic non-human animals can be produced which contain selected systems which allow for regulated expression ofthe transgene.
  • a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI.
  • cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI.
  • a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (O'Gorman et al. (1991) Science 251 :1351-1355.
  • mice containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required.
  • Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase. Screening Assays
  • the invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or other drugs) which modulate integrin activity.
  • modulators i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or other drugs) which modulate integrin activity.
  • These assays are designed to identify compounds, for example, that bind to an integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide in an active conformation, bind to other proteins that interact with an integrin I-domain polypeptide, induce binding, and modulate the interaction of an integrin I-domain polypeptide with other proteins, e.g., an integrin ligand, e.g., ICAM, and thus modulate integrin activity.
  • an integrin I-domain polypeptide e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide in an active conformation
  • bind to other proteins that interact with an integrin I-domain polypeptide induce binding, and modulate the interaction of an integrin I-domain polypeptide with other proteins, e.g., an integrin ligand, e.g., ICAM, and thus modulate integrin activity.
  • modulator of integrin activity includes a compound or agent that is capable of modulating or regulating at least one integrin activity, as described herein.
  • Modulators of integrin activity may include, but are not limited to, small organic or inorganic molecules, nucleic acid molecules, peptides, antibodies, and the like.
  • a modulator of integrin activity can be an inducer or inhibitor of integrin activity, e.g., cell adhesion or ligand binding.
  • an "inducer of integrin activity” stimulates, enhances, and/or mimics an integrin activity.
  • an “inhibitor of integrin activity” reduces, blocks or antagonizes an integrin activity.
  • an "integrin activity”, or an “integrin-mediated activity” refers to an activity exerted by an integrin polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule on an integrin responsive cell, or on integrin ligand or receptor, as determined in vitro and in vivo, according to standard techniques.
  • an integrin activity is the ability to mediate cell adhesion events, e.g, cell to cell or cell to extracellular matrix adhesion.
  • an integrin activity is the ability to transduce cellular signaling events.
  • an integrin activity is the ability to bind a ligand, e.g., ICAM.
  • a soluble, recombinant high affinity integrin I- domain can be used to screen for small molecule antagonists that interfere with integrin ligand binding.
  • antagonists e.g., antibodies
  • direct/competitive and indirect/noncompetitive modes of inhibition can be discriminated, based on comparison with effects on wild-type integrin I-domains which show minimal ligand binding activity.
  • an indirect inhibitor should inhibit ligand binding by an activated, wild-type integrin I-domain, but not by a disulfide-locked high affinity I- domain.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a modified integrin polypeptide on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability ofthe test compound to modulate (e.g., induce or inhibit) an integrin activity.
  • a cell expressing a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in an open conformation on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound, and the ability ofthe test compound to modulate adhesion to an integrin ligand is determined, as described and exemplified herein.
  • the ability of a test compound to modulate integrin ligand binding can also be determined, for example, by coupling a modified integrin I- domain polypeptide that is stabilized in an open conformation with a detectable label such that the binding ofthe modified integrin polypeptide can be determined by detecting the amount of labeled integrin I-domain binding to an immobilized integrin ligand.
  • Animal-based model systems such as an animal model of inflammation, may be used, for example, as part of screening strategies designed to identify compounds which are modulators of integrin activity.
  • the animal-based models may be used to identify drugs, pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions which may be effective in modulating inflammation and treating integrin-mediated disorders.
  • animal models may be exposed to a compound, suspected of exhibiting an ability to modulate integrin activity, and the response ofthe animals to the exposure may be monitored by assessing inflammatory activity before and after treatment.
  • Transgenic animals e.g., transgenic mice, which express modified integrin I-domain polypeptides as described herein can also be used to identify drugs, pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions which may be effective in modulating inflammation and treating integrin-mediated disorders
  • the invention pertains to a combination of two or more ofthe assays described herein.
  • a modulator of integrin activity can be identified using a cell-based assay, and the ability ofthe agent to modulate integrin activity can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for inflammation.
  • screening assays can be used to identify inducers of integrin activity, for example, that mimic the activity of a integrin polypeptide, e.g., the binding of an integrin to a ligand or receptor, or the activity of an integrin towards an integrin responsive cell.
  • Such compounds may include, but are not limited to, peptides, antibodies, or small organic or inorganic compounds.
  • an anti- integrin antibody e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody ofthe invention which selectively binds to an open, activated conformer can be used to assess the ability of a test compound to activate integrin.
  • test compounds can be obtained using any ofthe numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • biological libraries include biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K.S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145).
  • modified integrin polypeptides e.g., modified I-domain polypeptides and fusion proteins
  • active compounds also referred to herein as "active compounds”
  • DNA vaccines, or DNA vectors ofthe invention can be inco ⁇ orated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
  • a "modulator" of integrin activity e.g., inhibitors and inducers, includes a compound that modulates an integrin activity, e.g., an integrin- mediated signaling event, an integrin-mediated adhesion event, or integrin binding to a cognate ligand.
  • Integrin modulators include modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptides ofthe invention, anti-integrin I-domain polypeptides, as well as compounds identified in a screening assay described herein.
  • Such compositions typically comprise the compound, nucleic acid molecule, vector, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and abso ⁇ tion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be inco ⁇ orated into the compositions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition ofthe invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, ophthalmic, and rectal administration, including direct installation into a disease site.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance ofthe required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention ofthe action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged abso ⁇ tion ofthe injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays abso ⁇ tion, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound (e.g., a soluble modified integrin I-domain fusion protein) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • the active compound e.g., a soluble modified integrin I-domain fusion protein
  • dispersions are prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder ofthe active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the pu ⁇ ose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be inco ⁇ orated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part ofthe composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
  • retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Co ⁇ oration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms ofthe invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics ofthe active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • a "therapeutically effective dose” refers to that amount of an active compound sufficient to result in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to result in modulation of an inflammatory and/or immune response.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to result in the amelioration of symptoms of an inflammatory and/or immune system disorder.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to prevent an inflammatory and/or immune system response.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of an active compound sufficient to modulate an integrin activity (e.g., a signaling activity, an adhesion activity or a ligand binding actvity) as described herein.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% ofthe population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% ofthe population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
  • Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of antibody, protein or polypeptide ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention. For example, ranges of span values using a combination of any ofthe above recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
  • treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.
  • a subject is treated with antibody, protein, or polypeptide in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks.
  • the effective dosage of antibody, protein, or polypeptide used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result and become apparent from the results of diagnostic assays as described herein.
  • a subject is treated with an initial dosing of a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to an I-domain of an integrin in the open or active conformation, or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain, followed by a subsequent intermittent dosing of a therapeutically effective amount ofthe antibody that is less than 100%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody wherein the antibody is administered not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing.
  • an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody
  • an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody
  • the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks. In one embodiment, the subsequent dosing is less than about 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, or 1%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody.
  • the initial dosage is between 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • the initial dosage is less than 0.3 mg/kg body weight, e.g., between 0.001 to 0.30, e.g., 0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.175, 0.2, 0.225, 0.25, and 0.275. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention.
  • a subject is treated with an initial dosing of a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to an I-domain of an integrin in the open or active conformation, or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain, followed by a subsequent intermittent dosing of a therapeutically effective amount ofthe antibody that is greater than 100%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody wherein the antibody is administered to the mammal not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing.
  • an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody
  • an anti-integrin antibody e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody
  • the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks.
  • the initial dosage is between 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • the initial dosage is less than 0.3 mg/kg body weight, e.g., between 0.001 to 0.3, e.g., 0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.175, 0.2, 0.225, 0.25, and 0.275. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention. Dosages for anti-integrin antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 are described in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,622,700.
  • an initial dosage is followed by the same dosage, for example, not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing.
  • the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks.
  • an effective amount of an anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive agent to the mammal in combination with the antibody, either at the same time, or at different time points.
  • the present invention encompasses active agents which modulate an integrin activity.
  • An agent may, for example, be a small molecule.
  • small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics, amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1 ,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.
  • doses of small molecule agents depends upon a number of factors within the ken ofthe ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian, or researcher.
  • the dose(s) ofthe small molecule will vary, for example, depending upon the identity, size, and condition ofthe subject or sample being treated, further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered, if applicable, and the effect which the practitioner desires the small molecule to have upon the nucleic acid or polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts ofthe small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency ofthe small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. Such appropriate doses may be determined using the assays described herein.
  • a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained.
  • the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet ofthe subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.
  • a modulator of integrin activity is administered in combination with other agents (e.g., a small molecule), or in conjunction with another, complementary treatment regime.
  • agents e.g., a small molecule
  • an inhibitor of integrin activity is used to treat an inflammatory or immune system disorder.
  • the subject may be treated with an inhibitor of integrin activity, and further treated with an anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive agent.
  • an antibody e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion.
  • a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion.
  • the conjugates ofthe invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, and the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents.
  • the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity.
  • Such proteins may include, for example, a coagulation factor such as tissue factor; a protein such as vascular endothelial growth factor ("VEGF”), platelet derived growth factor, and tissue plasminogen activator: biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, cytokines and growth factors; or a toxin.
  • a coagulation factor such as tissue factor
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • platelet derived growth factor vascular endothelial growth factor
  • tissue plasminogen activator biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, cytokines and growth factors
  • toxin a toxin.
  • an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
  • nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention e.g., a nucleic acid molecule encoding, for example, a high-affinity modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof
  • Gene therapy is the insertion of a functioning gene into the cells of a patient (i) to correct an inborn error of metabolism, or (ii) to provide a new function in a cell (Kulver, K. W., "Gene Therapy", 1994, p. xii, Mary Ann Liebert, Inc., Publishers, New York, N.Y.).
  • Vectors may be used to introduce and stably express a gene normally expressed in mammals, for example, in a location in the body where that gene is not naturally present.
  • Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Patent 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :3054-3057).
  • the gene therapy vector can include, for example, DNA encoding an antigen of interest to induce an immune response in the subject in vivo. Therefore, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., a high-affinity modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof, acts as an adjuvant to produce an increased antibody reaction to the antigen.
  • the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.
  • the nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention can also be used in DNA vaccine formulations for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of integrin-mediated disorders, e.g., inflammatory disorders.
  • the DNA vaccine formulation comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or fragment thereof, coupled with an antigenic component, e.g., DNA encoding an antigenic component.
  • an antigenic component is a moiety that is capable of binding to a specific antibody with sufficiently high affinity to form a detectable antigen-antibody complex.
  • the DNA vaccine further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of an integrin-mediated disorder or having an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder.
  • Treatment is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease or disorder, a symptom of disease or disorder or a predisposition toward a disease or disorder, with the pu ⁇ ose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving or affecting the disease or disorder, the symptoms of disease or disorder or the predisposition toward a disease or disorder.
  • a therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, nucleic acid molecules, DNA vaccines, gene-based therapies, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, which react with or bind to modified I-domain polypeptides, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.
  • nucleic acid molecules DNA vaccines, gene-based therapies, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, which react with or bind to modified I-domain polypeptides, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.
  • anti-LFA-1 antibodies e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies
  • the term refers the study of how a patient's genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient's "drug response phenotype", or "drug response genotype”).
  • a drug e.g., a patient's "drug response phenotype", or "drug response genotype”
  • another aspect ofthe invention provides methods for tailoring an individual's prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention or modulators thereof according to that individual's drag response genotype.
  • Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.
  • the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject a disease or condition associated with a integrin-mediated disorder by administering to the subject one or more integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention or modulators thereof.
  • Subjects at risk for an integrin-mediated disorder can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein.
  • Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic ofthe integrin-mediated disorders, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression.
  • appropriate integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention, or modulators thereof can be used for treating the subject.
  • the appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.
  • Another aspect ofthe invention pertains to methods of modulating expression of integrin I-domain polypeptides or their activity for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses (e.g., treating a subject at risk of an integrin-mediated disorder or having an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder) .
  • the modulatory method ofthe invention involves contacting a cell with one or more integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention, or one or more modulators thereof, e.g., an antibody which reacts of binds to an integrin I-domain in an open conformation or a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody specific for an LFA-1 I-domain in an open conformation or a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide.
  • an antibody which reacts of binds to an integrin I-domain in an open conformation or a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody specific for an LFA-1 I-domain in an open conformation or a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide.
  • An agent that modulates integrin I-domain polypeptide activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a target molecule of an integrin I-domain polypeptide (e.g., a substrate), an antibody which reacts or binds to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, an integrin I-domain polypeptide agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of an integrin I-domain polypeptide agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.
  • the agent stimulates one or more integrin I-domain polypeptide activities.
  • stimulatory agents include active integrin I-domain polypeptide protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding integrin I-domain polypeptide that has been introduced into the cell.
  • the agent inhibits one or more integrin I-domain polypeptide activities.
  • inhibitory agents include antisense integrin I-domain polypeptide nucleic acid molecules, gene therapy vectors, DNA vaccines, anti-integrin I-domain polypeptide antibodies, and integrin I-domain polypeptide inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject).
  • the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized associated with an integrin- mediated disorder.
  • the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., upregulates or downregulates) integrin I-domain polypeptide expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein
  • agents that modulates e.g., upregulates or downregulates
  • integrin I-domain polypeptide molecules ofthe present invention as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on integrin I-domain polypeptide activity (e.g., integrin I-domain polypeptide gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder.
  • pharmacogenomics i.e., the study ofthe relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • pharmacogenomics i.e., the study ofthe relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer an integrin I-domain polypeptide molecule (and/or a modulator thereof) as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with such molecule and/or modulator.
  • Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996) Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 23(10-11): 983-985 and Linder, M.W. et al.
  • G6PD glucose-6-phosphate aminopeptidase deficiency
  • One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drag response relies primarily on a high-resolution map ofthe human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a "bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymo ⁇ hic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants).
  • a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map ofthe genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drag trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect.
  • such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten million known single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms (SNPs) in the human genome.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms
  • a "SNP" is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of
  • a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA.
  • a SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease- associated.
  • individuals Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.
  • the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action.
  • drug metabolizing enzymes e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and the cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19
  • NAT 2 N-acetyltransferase 2
  • CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymo ⁇ hic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its C YP2D6- formed metabolite mo ⁇ hine. The other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
  • a method termed the "gene expression profiling" can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide molecule or integrin I- domain polypeptide modulator) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.
  • a drug e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide molecule or integrin I- domain polypeptide modulator
  • Information generated from more than one ofthe above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with an integrin I- domain polypeptide molecule or modulator thereof, such as a modulator identified by one ofthe exemplary screening assays described herein.
  • I domains with the following protein data bank (PDB) identifiers were structurally superimposed using C ⁇ carbons, the CD MALIGN algorithm of MODELLER 4 (Sali, A and Blundell, TL (1993) J Mol Biol 234:779-815), and a gap extension penalty of 1 A: Mac-1, lido and Ijlm (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333- 1340; Lee, J-O et al.
  • PDB protein data bank
  • Segments from lido were chosen when differences between lido and Ijlm were greater than between Ufa and Ijlm. These segments were spliced together in regions where the backbones were as similar as possible.
  • the template utilized segments G128 to F136, M154 to L203, F209 to L234, T243 to 1255, and E272 to A282 of Ufa; and segments D140 to F156, G207 to T211, V238 to K245, R266 to R281 , and R293 to K315 of 1 ido. No chain breaks were detected by LOOKTM (Molecular Application Group, Palo Alto, CA) in the spliced template, dubbed lfa-mac.
  • Cysteines introduced in place of K287 and K294 were predicted to form a disulfide only in the high affinity open conformer, and thus lock the I domain in the high affinity open state ( Figure 2).
  • the C ⁇ carbons of K287 and K294 are predicted to be 3.8 A apart in the high affinity open model (lfa_hi.063), within the range of 3.41 to 4.25A that is ideal for disulfide formation, and after checking for C ⁇ -S ⁇ and S ⁇ -S ⁇ distances, were found to have four favorable sidechain-disulfide conformations.
  • the C ⁇ atoms of these residues are 8.9 to 9.2 A apart ( Figure 2).
  • Cysteines introduced in place of L289 and K294 were predicted to form a disulfide only in the low affinity closed conformer ( Figure 2), and thus lock the I domain in the low affinity closed state.
  • the C ⁇ carbons of L289 and K294 are 3.9 to 4.0 A apart in the low affinity closed Ufa and lzon conformers, within the favorable range, although favorable cysteine sidechain conformations were not found.
  • L161C/T300C was made by substituting cysteines for the L161 and T300.
  • the low affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C was made by substituting cysteines for the L289 and K294.
  • the distance between mutated residues for these six mutant is shown in Table 1 , below.
  • single cysteine substitution mutants K287C, L289C and K294C were generated. Table 1.
  • the distance between wild-type residues was measured by LookTM software in open conformation (lfa_hi.063) or closed conformation (l lfaA).
  • the human ⁇ L cDNA was contained in vector AprM8, a derivative of CDM8 (Seed, B and Aruffo, A (1987) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84:3365-3369).
  • Overlap extension PCR was used to generate cysteine substitution mutations in the ⁇ L I-domain (Ho, SN et al. (1989) Gene 77:51-59; Horton, RM et al. (1990) BioTechniques 8:528).
  • the outer left primer for PCR extension was complementary to the vector sequence at 5' to the EcoRI site at position 1826, and the outer right primer was 3 ' to the EcoRI site in the ⁇ L cDNA.
  • the inner primers were designed for each individual mutation and contained overlapping sequences.
  • Wild-type ⁇ L CDNA in AprM8 was used as template for the first PCR reaction.
  • the second PCR product was digested with EcoRI and ligated into the same site in the wild-type ⁇ L cDNA in AprM8.
  • the correct orientation ofthe insert was confirmed by restriction enzyme digestion. All mutations were confirmed by DNA sequencing.
  • the Xbal fragment of ⁇ L wild-type and mutant cDNA was subcloned into the same site ofthe stable expression vector pEFpuro (Lu, C and Springer, TA. (1997) J Immunol 159:268-278).
  • the mutated ⁇ L subunit was transiently coexpressed with the ⁇ 2 subunit in 293T cells, and cell surface expression ofthe ⁇ L/ ⁇ 2 complex was determined by flow cytometry with monoclonal antibody TS2/4 to the ⁇ L subunit in the ⁇ L/ ⁇ 2 complex.
  • human embryonic kidney 293T cells (SV40 transformed) were cultured in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 2 mM glutamine and 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin. 293T cells were transiently transfected using the calcium phosphate method (DuBridge, RB et al. (1987) Mol Cell Biol 7:379-387; Heinzel, SS et al. (1988; J Virol 62:3738-3746).
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • 293T cells were transiently transfected using the calcium phosphate method (DuBridge, RB et al. (1987) Mol Cell Biol 7:379-387; Heinzel, SS et al. (1988; J Virol 62:3738-3746).
  • 7.5 ⁇ g of wild-type or mutant ⁇ L cDNA in plasmid AprM8 and 7.5 ⁇ g of ⁇ 2 cDNA in AprM8 were used to co-transfect one 6-cm plate of 70-80% confluent cells. Two days after transfection, cells were detached from the plate with Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS) containing 5 mM EDTA for LFA-1 expression and functional analyses.
  • HBSS Hanks' balanced salt solution
  • the monoclonal antibodies used in these studies are as follows: The mouse anti-human ⁇ L (CDl la) monoclonal antibodies TS1/1 1, TS1/12,
  • TS1/22, TS2/4, TS2/6 and TS2/14; anti- ⁇ 2 (CD18) monoclonal antibodies TS1/18, CBRLFA-1/2, and CBRLFA-1/7; mAb YFC51; and the nonbinding mAb X63 have been described previously (Sanchez-Madrid, F et al. (1982) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 79:7489-7493; Hale, LP et al. (1989) Arthritis Rheum 32:22-30; Petruzzelli, L et al. ( ⁇ 995) J Immunol 155:854-866).
  • Monoclonal antibodies BL5, F8.8, 25-3-1, May.035, CBRLFA-1/9, CBRLFA-1/1, S6F, and May.017 were described in Leukocyte Type V and were obtained from the Fifth International Leukocyte Workshops.
  • Monoclonal antibodies X63 and TS1/11 were used as hybridoma supematants at a 1 :20 dilution; monoclonal antibodies TS1/12, DBRLFA-1/2, CBRLFA-1/7 and YFC51 were used as purified IgG at lO ⁇ g/ml; monoclonal antibodies TS1/2, TS2/14, TS1/18 and TS2/4 used as ascites at a 1 :200 dilution; and all monoclonal antibodies from the Fifth International Leukocyte Workshops were used at a 1 :200 dilution.
  • Wild-type LFA-1 and LFA-1 mutant 287C/K294C, L289C/ 294C, K287C, L289C, and K.294C were transiently expressed on the surface of 293T cells or stably expressed on K562 transfectants. Reactivity of antibodies with the transfectants was determined by flow cytometry. Mean fluorescence of each antibody binding was normalized to the mean fluorescence of mAb TS2/4 binding, except for CBRLFA-1/9 that was normalized to mAb TS1/22 binding. TS2/4 bound to wild-type LFA-1 and the mutants equally well. The results are expressed as percent of wild-type binding. Data are mean ⁇ SD of at least two independent FCAS experiments. For some antibodies, only one experiment was done. ND: not determined.
  • the human erythroleukemia cell line K562 was cultured in RPMI 1640, 10% FBS and 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin.
  • RPMI 1640 10% FBS
  • 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin.
  • 2 ⁇ g of Pvul-linearized pEFpuro containing ⁇ L subunit cDNA was cotransfected with 40 ⁇ g of Sfil-linearized AprM8 containing the ⁇ 2 subunit cDNA by electroporation at 250V and 960 ⁇ F.
  • Transfectants were selected for resistance to 4 ⁇ g/ml puromycin (Sigma), and subcloned by limiting dilution. All stable cell lines were maintained in RPMI 1640, 10% FBS supplemented with 4 ⁇ g/ml puromycin.
  • ICAM-1 was purified from human tonsil, and coated to 96-well plates as described previously (Lu, C and Springer, TA (1997) J Immunol 159:268-278).
  • Cells were labeled with a florescence dye 2',7'-bis-(carboxyethyl)-5(and-6)-carboxyfluorescein, acetoxymethyl ester (BCECF-AM), and resuspended to 1 x 10 6 /ml in L15/FBS.
  • 50 ⁇ l cell suspension was mixed in ICAM-1 coated wells with an equal volume of L15/FBS in the absence or presence of monoclonal antibody (CBRLFA-1/2, 10 ⁇ g/ml).
  • Monoclonal antibodies were used at final concentration of 1 :20 hybridoma supernatant, 1 :200 ascites, or 10 ⁇ g/ml purified IgG.
  • BCECF-AM- labeled cells were washed 2 x with TS buffer, pH7.5 (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl) containing 5 mM EDTA, followed by 2 washes with TS buffer, pH7.5.
  • Cells were then resuspended to 5 x 10 5 /ml in the TS buffer, pH7.5 supplemented with 1 mM MgCl 2 /CaCl 2 , MgCl 2 , MnCl 2 or 5 mM EDTA, and 100 ⁇ l cell suspension was added to ICAM-1 coated wells. After incubation at 37°C for 30 minutes, unbound cells were washed off on a Microplate Autowasher (Bio-Tek Instruments, Winooski, VT). The fluorescence content of total input cells and the bound cells in each well was quantitated on a Fluorescent Concentration Analyzer (IDEXX, Westbrook, ME). The bound cells were expressed as a percentage of total input cells per sample well.
  • IDEXX Fluorescent Concentration Analyzer
  • K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1 showed low basal binding to ICAM- 1, and binding was greatly increased by the activating monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2 ( Figure 4B).
  • cells expressing the predicted high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C strongly bound to ICAM-1, and monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2 did not further enhance binding of this mutant, whereas the predicted low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C did not binding to ICAM-1 even in the presence ofthe activating antibody.
  • soluble ICAM-1 The binding of soluble ICAM-1 to K562 transfectants that expressed wild-type LFA- 1, mutant K287C/K294C, or mutant L289C/K294C was also assessed. Briefly, a soluble ICAM-1 -IgA chimera containing the 5 Ig domains of human ICAM-1 was purified from the culture supernatant of stable CHO transfectants by monoclonal antibody R6.5 affinity chromatography as previously described (Martin, S et al. (1993) J Virol 67:3561-3568). K562 transfectants were washed once with L15/FBS, and resuspended in the same buffer to 1 x 10 7 /ml.
  • 25 ⁇ l cell suspension was mixed with 25 ⁇ l L15/FBS containing ICAM-1-IgA fusion protein at final concentration 100 ⁇ g/ml in the presence or absence of antibody CBRLFA-1/2 (10 ⁇ g/ml), and incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes. After incubation, cells were washed once in L15/FBS, and incubated with FITC-conjugated anti-human IgA (Sigma) at room temperature for 20 minutes. After 2 washes, cells were resuspended in PBS, and analyzed on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson, San Joe, CA).
  • FACScan Becton Dickinson, San Joe, CA
  • the soluble ICAM-1 -IgA fusion protein bound to cells expressing the high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C, and binding was further increased in the presence ofthe activating monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2.
  • the ICAM-1 fusion protein did not bind to the transfectants that expressed wild-type LFA-1 or the low affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C in the absence or presence of monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2, and binding was not detected at a higher ICAM-1 fusion protein concentration (300 ⁇ g/ml).
  • the I-domain antibodies differentially inhibited binding of wild- type LFA-1 and the high affinity open mutant K287C/K294C to ICAM-1.
  • Antibodies to the ⁇ -propeller domain and to the C-terminal region of ⁇ 2 did not inhibit binding of wild-type LFA-1, or mutant K287C/K294C.
  • Antibodies to the I-like domain ofthe ⁇ subunit blocked binding of wild-type LFA-1 to ICAM-1, but did not block mutant K287C/K294C.
  • Wild-type LFA-1 and LFA-1 mutant K287C/K294C were transiently expressed on the surface of 293T cells or stably expressed in K562 transfectants. Binding ofthe transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 was determined in the presence ofthe indicated antibodies. For binding of K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1, the cells were preincubated with the activating mAb CBRLFA-1/2 at 10 ⁇ g/ml for 30 min. Data shown are % inhibition 1 SD of at least two independent experiments. % inhibition is defined as % bound cells in the presence ofthe indicated mAb/% bound cells in the presence ofthe nonbinding mAb X63 x 100. For some antibodies, only one experiment was done.
  • the LFA-1 inhibitor lovastatin binds to the I-domain in a hydrophobic pocket formed by the ⁇ sheet and the C-terminal ⁇ -helix (Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9) and thus inhibits LFA-1 by an indirect mechanism. Accordingly, the ability of lovastatin to inhibit ligand binding ofthe high-affinity I-domain (K287C/K294C) was assessed. Lovastatin dissolved in DMSO at 50 mM was diluted in assay buffer.
  • Cells (10 6 /ml) labeled with BCECF-AM were preincubated with lovastatin (0-50 ⁇ M) at 37°C for 15 minutes, then transferred to a 96 well plate coated with ICAM- 1 and further incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes in the presence or absence of activating monoclonal antibody (CBR LFA 1/2) or MnCl 2 .
  • LI 5 medium supplemented with fetal bovine serum (LI 5/FBS) which contains Ca2+ and Mg2+ was used for wild-type ⁇ L ⁇ 2 activated by antibody CBR LFA 1 2.
  • lovastatin inhibits ICAM-1 binding by cells expressing wild-type LFA-1 and stimulated with Mn 2+ or antibody (CBRLFA1/2), but does not interfere with ligand binding by the high affinity open K287C/K294C mutant (HA/aLb2).
  • mutant K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C from residues VI 30 to A338 were expressed on the surface of K562 cells by the transmembrane domain ofthe PDGF receptor.
  • mutant K287C/K294C is due to the formation of a disulfide bond between the introduced C287 and C294, disruption ofthe disulfide bond with a reducing agent would abolish ligand binding ability ofthe mutant. Accordingly, the transfectants were treated with the reducing agent DTT (10 mM) in L15/FBS containing Mg 2+ and Ca 2+ , and the ability of transfectants to bind to ICAM-1 was assessed. As shown in Figure 8 A, binding ofthe cell surface-expressed mutant K287C/K294C I-domain to ICAM-1 who abolished after DTT treatment.
  • DTT increased binding of intact wild-type LFA-1, and similar results were observed with intact ⁇ llb ⁇ 3 integrin.
  • DTT treatment presumably disrupts disulfide bonds in the intact molecule that constrain the integrin in an inactive conformation.
  • DTT treatment did not affect binding ofthe isolated wild-type I-domain or the mutant L289C/K294C I-domain. Since there is no other no disulfide bond in the LFA-1 I- domain as the I-domain structure reveals, these data strongly suggest that the introduced Cys287 and Cys294 formed a disulfide bridge that constrains the I-domain in a high affinity state.
  • Transfectants expressing intact LFA-1 were pre-incubated with the activating antibody CBRLFA-1/2, and binding ofthe cells to ICAM-1 was performed in the presence ofthe I-domain antibodies TS1/22, TS2/6, TS1/11, TS1/12, CBRLFA-1/9, CBRLFA-1/1 , 25.3.1, TS2/14, or the nonbinding antibody X63, as indicated.
  • Monoclonal antibodies TS1/22, TS2/6, TS1/11, TS1/12 and CBRLFA-1/9 inhibited binding ofthe isolated K287C/K294C I-domain to ICAM-1, whereas antibodies 25-3-1, TS214 and CBRLFA-1/1 did not ( Figure 8C). All antibodies, except for CBRLFA-1/1, bound to the mutant K287C/K294C I-domain as well as the wild-type I-domain as determined by flow cytometry. The binding of CBRLFA-1/1 to the mutant I-domain was reduced to 80% ofthe wild-type I-domain.
  • a soluble ⁇ L I-domain mutant stabilized in the open conformation by a disulfide bond (K287C/K294C) was made in E. coli.
  • recombinant mutant ⁇ L I-domain stabilized in the open conformation (K287C/K294C), or recombinant wild-type ⁇ L I-domain from amino acid residue G128 to Y307 were cloned into pETl lb (Novagen) and expressed in E. coli induced with 1 mM IPTG for 4 hours.
  • the recombinant proteins were purified from inclusion bodies by solubilization of inclusion bodies in 6M guanidine HC1 and were refolded by dilution in the presence of 0.1 mM Cu 2+ /phenanthrolin to enhance formation of disulfide bonds.
  • Protein was concentrated by ammonium sulfate precipitation, dialyzed, and purified over a monoQ ion-exchange column. To remove any material in which the disulfide bond did not form, free sulfhydryls were reacted with activated biotin and passed over a streptavidin column. The recombinant proteins were then purified by gel filtration and concentrated by Centriprep. For BIAcoreTM analysis, recombinant ICAM-1, ICAM-2 and ICAM-3 Fc chimeras were immobilized on the BIAcoreTM sensor chip by an amine- coupling method.
  • Recombinant ⁇ L I-domains were flowed in, and BIAcoreTM assays were performed with Tris-buffered saline supplemented with 1 mM MgCl or 2 mM EDTA, at a flow rate of 10 ⁇ l/minute at 25°C.
  • the purified open I-domain showed high affinity to its ligands, ICAM-1, -2, and -3, in the presence of 1 mM MgCl as assessed by BIAcoreTM analysis, whereas binding of a soluble wild-type I domain was not detectable ( Figure 9, Panels A, C and E; Table 4).
  • the interaction ofthe open I-domain with ligands was divalent cation-dependent, and was abolished in the presence of 2 mM EDTA, suggesting that the interaction depends on MIDAS. Since the wild-type I-domain showed no interaction with ligands, the open I-domain allowed for the detailed analysis ofthe binding kinetics of LFA-1 with its ligands.
  • ICAM-3 0.19 x lO 5 0.0749 3942 k on , k off , and K D were calculated based on 1 : 1 interaction model using BIAevaluationTM software.
  • K562 cells stably expressing wild-type LFA-1 were fluorescently labeled by BCECF and LFA-1 on the cell surface was activated by the activating monoclonal antibody, CBRLFA-1/2 in LI 5 media supplemented with FCS.
  • the cells were subsequently incubated in ICAM-1 coated 96-well plastic plates in the presence or absence of I-domains. After incubation for 40 minutes at 37°C, unbound cells were washed off on a Microplate Auto washer. The fluorescence content of total input cells and the bound cells in each well was quantitated on a Fluorescent Concentration Analyzer. The bound cells were expressed as a percentage of total input cells per sample well.
  • the open I-domain mutant strongly inhibited adhesion of LFA-1 expressing cells to immobilized ICAM-1 ( Figure 10A).
  • murine T lymphoma cell line EL-4 which expresses both murine LFA-1 and its ligands, including murine ICAM-1, and which exhibits LFA-1- dependent homotypic aggregation upon activation by PMA was used.
  • Cells were incubated in a 96 well plate in the presence of 50 ng/ml PMA and varying amounts of soluble I-domains.
  • the degree of aggregation was scored under the microscope as follows: 0 indicated that essentially no cells were clustered; 1 indicated that ⁇ 10% of cells were aggregated; 2 indicated clustering of ⁇ 50%; 3 indicated that up to 100% of cells were in small, loose aggregates; 4 indicated that nearly 100% of cells were in larger clusters; and 5 indicated that nearly 100% of cells were in very large, tight clusters.
  • the soluble open I-domain also inhibited PMA-induced LFA-1 dependent homotypic aggregation of the murine T-cell line EL-4.
  • the ability ofthe open I-domain mutants to inhibit LFA-1 function in vivo was tested by visualizing microcirculation in the peripheral lymph node (LN) with intravital microscopy. Briefly, a small bolus (20-50 ⁇ l) of LN cell suspensions from T- GFP mice were retrogradely injected through a femoral artery catheter and visualized in the subiliac LN by fluorescent epi-illumination from a video-triggered xenon arc stroboscope. After recording control T FP cell behavior in the absence of I-domain, the mouse was pretreated by intra-arterial injection of I-domain (10 ⁇ g/g of weight) 5 minutes before T GFP cell injection.
  • I-domain 10 ⁇ g/g of weight
  • the rolling fraction was calculated as percentage of rolling cells amount the total number of T GFP cells that entered a venule.
  • the sticking (firm adhesion) fraction was determined as the percentage of T GFP cells becoming firmly adherent for >20 seconds in the number of T FP cells that rolled in a venule. Results were semi-quantitatively scored as follows: -: 0%, ⁇ : 0-5%, +: 5-20%, ++: 20-40%, +++: 40-60%, ++++: 60-80%, +++++: 80- 100%.
  • ICAM-1 recombinant soluble ⁇ L I-domains were expressed in E coli, refolded and purified.
  • affinity of ⁇ 284C/ ⁇ 301C is nearly comparable to K287C/K294C.
  • the affinity of L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are significantly higher than wild type, but 20-30 times lower than high- affinity open ⁇ L I-domain, K287C/K294C.
  • L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are referred to as intermediate-affinity ⁇ L I-domains.
  • Recombinant soluble ⁇ L I-domains were expressed in E. coli, refolded and purified.
  • Kinetics of binding ofthe I-domains to ICAM-1 was measured by BIAcoreTM instruments.
  • Kinetics was analyzed BIAevaluationTM software.
  • KD was calculated by Scatchard plots using data at steady states.
  • Koff was obtained by curve fitting ofthe dissociation phase using 1:1 binding model.
  • Kon was calculated by Koff/KD.
  • the distance between wild-type residues was measured by LookTM software in open conformation (lido) or closed conformation (Ijlm).
  • the Q163C/Q309C pair of mutations worked well ( Figure 1 IB, Figure 12B and C).
  • This mutant introduces a putative disulfide bond near the bottom front ofthe I- domain, between residues that are in the lower one-third ofthe last ⁇ -helix and the first ⁇ -helix, and have C ⁇ carbons that are 6.36A apart in the lido structure.
  • the C ⁇ carbons for the D294C/T307C and D294C/N31 1 C substitutions are 8.67A and 7.08A apart, respectively.
  • the C ⁇ carbons for the Q298C/N301C and F297C/A304C substitutions are within the ideal range, however these substitutions are closer to the loop between the last ⁇ -strand and ⁇ -helix, and must have unfavorable effects such as distorting the ligand binding site.
  • the Q163C/Q309C mutant When expressed within an intact heterodimer in transiently transfected 293T cells, the Q163C/Q309C mutant is expressed half as well as wild-type as measured by CBRM1/32 antibody, but the ratio ofthe CBRMl/5 activation-dependent epitope to CBRM1/32 expression is markedly higher (Figure 11 A).
  • isolated Mac-1 mutant I-domains were expressed on the cell surface in conjunction with an artificial signal sequence and transmembrane domain of the PDGF receptor. Adhesion was assayed in LI 5/FBS/MnCl 2 at 37°C. The isolated wild-type I-domain showed no binding to iC3b, whereas the previously described mutants with computationally redesigned hydrophobic cores, idolr and ido2r, were active ( Figure 1 IC) (Shimaoka, M et al. (2000) Nature Structural Biology 7:674-678). The Q163C/Q309C mutant I-domain exhibited strong specific ligand binding that was completely blocked by the inhibitory I-domain monoclonal antibody CBRMl/5 ( Figure 12C).
  • the open I-domain mutants Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC were stably expressed in K562 cells, and clones expressing the same levels of receptors were selected.
  • Adhesion assays to immobilized iC3b were performed with L15/FBS at 37°C.
  • wild-type Mac-1 has little basal activity for ligand binding in these cells ( Figure 12A and 12B).
  • Both Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC showed increased CBRMl/5 activation-dependent epitope expression and increased ligand binding when expressed in an intact ⁇ M ⁇ 2 heterodimer, as compared to wild-type ( Figure 12A and 12B).
  • K562 cells expressing isolated open I-domain mutants on the cell surface showed strong specific binding to iC3b as compared to wild- type ( Figure 12C).
  • DTT disulfide reduction by DTT treatment.

Abstract

The present invention provides a method for stabilizing a protein in a desired conformation by introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide. Computational design is used to identify positions where cysteine residues can be introduced to form a disulfide bond in only one protein conformation, and therefore lock the protein in a given conformation. Accordingly, antibody and small molecule therapeutics are selected that are specific for the desired protein conformation. The invention also provides modified integrin I-domain polypeptides that are stabilized in a desired conformation. The invention further provides screening assays and therapeutic methods utilizing the modified integrin I-domains of the invention.

Description

MODIFIED POLYPEPTIDES STABILIZED IN A DESIRED CONFORMATION AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING SAME
Related Applications This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
60/229,700 filed on September 1, 2000, incoφorated herein in its entirety by reference.
Background of the Invention
The integrin family of adhesion molecules are noncovalently-associated α/β heterodimers. To date, at least fourteen different integrin α subunits and eight different β subunits have been reported (Hynes, RO (1992) Cell 69:1-25). Lymphocyte function- associated antigen-1 (LFA-1) is a member ofthe leukocyte integrin subfamily. Members ofthe leukocyte integrin subfamily share the common β2 subunit (CD 18) but have distinct α subunits, αL (CD1 la), αM (CD1 lb), αX (CD1 lc) and αd for LFA-1, Mac-1 , pl50.95 and αd/β2, respectively (Springer, TA (1990) Nature 346:425-433; Larson, RS and Springer, TA (1990) Immunol Rev 114:181-217; Van der Vieren, M et al. (1995) Immunity 3:683-690). The leukocyte integrins mediate a wide range of adhesive interactions that are essential for normal immune and inflammatory responses. Both integrin and β subunits are type I transmembrane glycoproteins, each with a large extracellular domain, a single transmembrane region and a short cytoplasmic tail. Several structurally distinct domains have been identified or predicted in the α and β subunit extracellular domains.
The N-terminal region ofthe integrin subunits contains seven repeats of about 60 amino acids each, and has been predicted to fold into a 7-bladed β-propeller domain (Springer, TA (1997) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:65-72). The leukocyte integrin α subunits, the αl, al, αlO, αl 1, and E subunits contain an inserted domain or I-domain of about 200 amino acids (Larson, RS et al. (1989) J Cell Biol 108:703-712; Takada, Y et al. (1989) EMBO J 8:1361-1368; Briesewitz, R et al. (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2989-2996; Shaw, S K et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269:6016-6025; Camper, L et al. (1998) JBiol Chem 273:20383-20389). The I-domain is predicted to be inserted between β-sheets 2 and 3 ofthe β-propeller domain. The three dimensional structure of the αM, αL, αl and α2 I-domains has been solved and shows that it adopts the dinucleotide-binding fold with a unique divalent cation coordination site designated the metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) (Lee, J-O, et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340; Lee, J-O, et al. (199S) Cell 80:631-638; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1995; Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1996) Structure 4:931-942; Emsley, J et al. (1997) J Biol Chem 272:28512-28517; Baldwin, ET et al. (1998)
Structure 6:923-935; Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9). The C-terminal region ofthe αM subunit has been predicted to fold into a β-sandwich structure (Lu, C et al. (1998) JR/o/ Cbem 273:15138-15147).
The integrin β subunits contain a conserved domain of about 250 amino acids in the N-terminal portion, and a cysteine-rich region in the C-terminal portion. The β conserved domain, or I-like domain, has been predicted to have an "I-domain-like" fold (Puzon-McLaughlin, W and Takada, Y (1996) J Biol Chem 271 :20438-20443; Tuckwell, DS and Humphries, MJ (1997) FEBS Lett 400: 297-303; Huang, C et al. (2000) J Biol Chem 275:21514-24). The C-terminal Cys-rich region ofthe β subunits appears to be important in the regulation of integrin function, as a number of activating antibodies to the βl, β2 and β3 subunits bind to this region (Petruzzelli, L et al. (1995) J Immunol 155:854-866; Robinson, MK et al. (1992) J Immunol 148:1080-1085; Faull, RJ et al. (1996) J Biol Chem 271 :25099-25106; Shih, OT et al. (1993) J Cell Biol 122:1361-1371; Du, X et al. (1993) J Biol Chem 268:23087-23092). Electron microscopic images of integrins reveal that the N-terminal portions of the α and β subunits fold into a globular head that is connected to the membrane by two rod-like tails about 16 nm long corresponding to the C-terminal portions ofthe α and β extracellular domains (Nermut, MV et al. (1988), EMBOJ 7:4093-4099; Weisel, JW et al. (1992) JBiol Chem 267:16637-16643; Wippler, j et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269: 8754-8761).
LFA-1 is expressed on all leukocytes and is the receptor for three Ig superfamily members, intercellular adhesion molecule-1, -2 and -3) (Marlin, SD et al. (1987) Cell 57:813-819; Staunton, DE et al. (1989) Nature 339:61 -64; de Fougerolles, et al. (1991) J Exp Med 1 74: 253-267). Substantial data indicate that the I-domain of LFA-1 is critical for interaction with ligands. Mutagenesis studies have shown that residues M140, E146, T175, L205, E241, T243, S245 and K263 in the I-domain are important for ligand binding (Huang, C et al. (1995) JBiol Chem 270:19008-19016; Edwards, CP et al. (1998) JBiol Chem 273:28937-28944). These residues are located on the surface ofthe I-domain surrounding the Mg2+ ion, defining a ligand binding interface on the upper surface ofthe I-domain. The importance ofthe I-domain in ligand binding is further underscored by mAb blocking studies. A large number mAbs that inhibit LFA-1 interaction with its ligands map to the I-domain (Randi, AM et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269:12395-12398; Champe, M et al. (1995) JBiol Chem 270:1388-1394; Huang, C et al. (1995) JBiol Chem 270:19008-19016; Edwards, CP et al. (1998) JBiol Chem 273:28937-28944). Two groups have recently shown that I-domain deleted LFA-1 lacks ligand recognition and binding ability, further demonstrating the role ofthe I-domain in LFA-1 function (Leitinger, B et al. (2000) Mol Biol Cell 11 , 677-690; Yalamanchili, P et al. (2000) J Biol Chem 275:21877-82). The I-domains of other I-domain containing integrins have also been implicated in ligand binding (Diamond, MS (1993) J Cell Biol 120:545556; Michishita, M et al. (1993) Cell 72:857-867; Muchowski, PJ et al. (1994) J Biol Chem 269:26419-26423; Zhou, L et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:17075-17079; Ueda, T et al. ( 1994) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91 :10680- 10684; Kamata, T et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:96599663; Kern, A et al. (1994) JBiol Chem 269:22 1-22816).
Binding of LFA-1 to ICAMs requires LFA-1 activation. LFA-1 can be activated by signals from the cytoplasm, called "inside-out" signaling (Diamond, MS et al. (1994) Current Biology 4:506-517). Divalent cations Mn2+, Mg2+ and Ca2+ can directly modulate ligand-binding function of LFA-1 (Dransfield, I et al. (1989) EMBOJ
8:3759-3765; Dransfield, I et al. (1992). J Cell Biol 116:219-226; Stewart, MP et al. (1996) J Immunol 156:1810-1817). In addition, LFA-1 can be activated by certain mAbs that bind the extracellular domains ofthe αL or β2 subunit (Keizer, GD et al. (1988) J Immunol 140:1393- 1400; Robinson, MK et l. (1992) J Immunol 148:1080-1085; Andrew, D et al. (1993) Eur J Immunol 23:2217-2222; Petruzzelli, L et al. (1995) J Immunol 155:854-866). The molecular mechanism for integrin activation is not yet well understood. It has been proposed that intramolecular conformational changes accompanying integrin activation increase integrin affinity for ligand, and this is supported by the existence of antibodies that only recognize activated integrins (Dransfield, I et al. (1989) EMBOJ 8:3759-3765; Diamond, MS et al. (1993) J Cell Biol 120: 545-556; Shattil, SJ et al. (1985) JBiol Chem 260:11107-11114). One of such antibodies CBRLFA-1/5 binds to the Mac-1 I-domain very close to the ligand binding site (Oxvig, C et al. (1999) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96:2215-2220), providing further evidence that the I-domain itself undergoes conformational changes with activation.
Two different crystal forms ofthe Mac-1 I-domain have been obtained, and it has been hypothesized that the two structures represent the "active" and "inactive" conformation, respectively (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3, 1333-1340; Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Cell 80:631-638). In the "active" form, crystallized with Mg2+, a glutamate from a neighboring I-domain provides the sixth metal coordination site, while in the "inactive" conformation, complexed with Mn , a water molecule completes the metal coordination sphere. The change in metal coordination is linked to a large shift ofthe C- terminal α-helix; in the putative "active" conformation, the C-terminal helix moves 10 A down the body ofthe I-domain (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340). Results from epitope mapping of mAb CBRM-1/5 that only recognizes activated Mac-1 have suggested that the conformational differences are physiologically (Oxvig, C et al. (1999) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96:2215-2220). The crystal and NMR structures ofthe LFA-1 I-domain have a conformation similar to the putative "inactive" conformation of the Mac-1 I-domain (Qu, A et al. (1995) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281 ; Qu, A (1996) Structure 4:, 931-942; Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9; Legge, GB et al. (2000) J Mol Biol 295:1251-1264).
In addition to integrins, many pharmaceutically important proteins exist in two alternative three-dimensional structures, referred to as conformations or conformers. Often these proteins have important signaling functions, such as small G proteins, trimeric G protein α subunits, tyrosine kinases, and G protein-coupled receptors. Typically, one of these conformations and not the other is enzymatically active or has effector functions. Therefore, antibody or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a protein in a particular conformation, for example, the active conformation, would have great advantages over non-selective alternatives.
Summary of the Invention
Computational design can be used to introduce a disulfide bond into a protein or polypeptide such that the molecule is stabilized in a desired conformation. Accordingly, antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a desired protein conformation, e.g., an "open" or active conformation or a "closed" or inactive conformation can be identified. The invention pertains to methods for stabilizing a polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide comprising a functional domain of a protein, in a desired conformation. The method comprises introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide such that the polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation. In a preferred embodiment the disulfide bond is formed by the introduction of at least one cysteine substitution into the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide. In another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.00-8.09A. In another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08A. Computational design can be used to introduce a disulfide bond into a protein or polypeptide such that the molecule is stabilized in a desired conformation. Accordingly, antibody or small molecule therapeutics that are specific for a desired protein conformation can be identified.
The method ofthe invention is widely applicable to a variety of biologically and pharmaceutically important proteins that exist in two different three-dimensional conformations, including an integrin subunit, a small G protein, a heterotrimeric G protein alpha subunit, a tyrosine kinase, a G protein-coupled receptor, an enzyme under allosteric control, a zymogen, complement C3, complement C4, and fibrinogen. In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide is an integrin I-domain polypeptide. In another aspect, the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide that is stabilized in a desired conformation by the introduction of at least one disulfide bond. In one embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution as compared to the wild-type sequence, such that a disulfide bond is formed. In another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteines is in the range of 3.00-8.09A. In yet another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
In one embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is derived from an I-domain of an integrin α subunit, for example, αl, α2, αlO, αl 1, αD, αE, αL (CDl la), αM (CDl lb), and αX (CDl lc). For example, in one embodiment of the invention, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived from the I-domain of the human αL subunit and contains amino acid substitutions K287C/K294C, E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, L161C/T300C, or L289C/K294C. In another embodiment ofthe invention, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived from the I-domain ofthe human αM subunit and contains amino acid substitutions Q163C/Q309C, D294C/Q311C, or Q163C/R313C.
In a preferred embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is stabilized in the open conformation. In another embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is stabilized in the closed conformation. In another embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain binds ligand with high affinity. In yet another embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide. In a related aspect, the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention.
The modified integrin I-domain polypeptides, and/or biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof, are useful, for example, as reagents or targets in assays applicable to the treatment and/or diagnosis of integrin-mediated disorders. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to a modified integrin I-domain in the open conformation. In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain polypeptide in the open conformation, an integrin I-domain polypeptide in the closed conformation, or a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide. In one embodiment, the antibody binds to an activation specific epitope on the integrin I-domain. In another embodiment, the antibody blocks an interaction between an integrin and a cognate ligand. In one embodiment, the antibody is an anti-LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody which reacts with or binds an open or closed conformation of an LFA-1 polypeptide, or a modified LFA-1 I-domain integrin polypeptide, or fragment thereof.
In another aspect the invention provides a method for identifying a modulator of integrin activity comprising assaying the ability of a test compound to bind to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for identifying a compound capable of modulating the interaction of an integrin and a cognate ligand wherein binding of a ligand to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation is assayed in the presence and absence of a test compound. In another aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or an anti-integrin I-domain antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof), such composition can further include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In yet another aspect, the invention pertains to methods for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder (e.g., an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder) in a subject, or for inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation or an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation. In one embodiment, the antibody is an LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which specifically reacts with or binds an LFA-1 I- domain in the open conformation or specifically reacts with or binds a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide. In a preferred embodiment, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide binds ligand with high affinity. In another preferred embodiment, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide for therapeutic use is a soluble polypeptide, e.g., a fusion protein.
Other features and advantages ofthe invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims.
Brief Description of the Figures
Figure 7 is a stereodiagram ofthe high affinity model ofthe LFA-1 I domain, with mutations to introduce a disulfide bond. The model was prepared using segments ofthe putative high affinity Mac-1 I domain structure and a putative low affinity LFA-1 I domain structure as templates. The K287C and K294C mutations were included in the model. The sidechains and disulfide bond of C287 and C294 are shown in yellow. The Mg2+ ion ofthe MIDAS is shown as a gold sphere. Sidechains of residues important in binding to ICAM-1 and ICAM-2 are shown with rose-pink sidechains and yellow sulfur, red oxygen, and blue nitrogen atoms. These residues, defined as important in species- specific binding to ICAM-1 (Huang, C and Springer, TA (1995) JBiol Chem 270:19008-19016) or by at least a 2-fold effect on binding to ICAM-1 or ICAM-2 upon mutation to alanine (Edwards, CP et αl., (1998) JBiol Chem 273:28937-28944), are M140, E146, T175, L205, E241, T243, S245, and K263. Note that these residues surround the Mg2+ ion, and are distant from the disulfide. Prepared with RIBBONS (Carson, M (1997) Methods in Enzymology, RM Sweet and CW Carter eds., Academic Press pp. 493-505). Figure 2 depicts predicted disulfide bonds that are selective for high affinity or low affinity conformers ofthe LFA-1 I domain. The K287C/K294C mutation (Panels A, and L289C/K294C mutation (Panels B, D) were modeled in both high affinity (Panels A, B) and low affinity (Panels C, D) I domain conformers. Residues 254 to 305 ofthe models are shown. The four models were superimposed using residues not involved in conformational shifts and were used in exactly the same orientation for figure preparation. Therefore, the downward shift in the α6 helix in panels A and B compared to panels C and D is readily apparent. The remodeling ofthe loop connecting β6 and α6 is accompanied by a reversal in the orientation ofthe sidechain of residue 289 (panel B compared to panel D). Prepared with RIBBONS. Figure 3 depicts the cell surface expression of LFA-1 cysteine substitution mutants on 293T transient transfectants (Panel A), and K562 stable transfectants (Panel B) as determined by flow cytometric analysis using monoclonal antibody TS2/4 (shaded histogram) to αL in αL/β2 complex, or the nonbinding antibody X63 (open histogram). Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants. Figure 4 depicts the binding of LFA-1 transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1.
Panel A, 293T transient transfectants, and Panels B and C, K562 stable transfectants. In Panels A and B, binding ofthe transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 was determined in LI 5 medium containing Ca2+ and Mg2+ in the presence or absence (control) ofthe activating antibody CBRLFA-1/2 at 10 μg/ml. In Panel C, the binding assay was performed in TBS, pH7.5 supplemented with divalent cations or EDTA as indicated. Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants. Results are mean + SD of triplicate samples and representative of at least three experiments. Figure 5 depicts the binding of soluble ICAM-1 -IgA fusion protein to K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1, the predicted high-affinity mutant K287C/K294C, or mutant L289C/K294C as assessed by flow cytometric analysis. Mean fluorescent intensity of ICAM-1 -IgA binding is indicated on the upper right corner ofthe histogram plot. Numbers in the parentheses are clone numbers ofthe K562 stable transfectants. Results are representative of three experiments. Figure 6 depicts the inhibitory activity of lovastatin on ligand binding by cells expressing activated wild-type and high affinity (K287C/K294C) LFA-1.
Figure 7 depicts the cell surface expression ofthe isolated LFA-1 I-domains. The wild-type αL I-domain and the mutant K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C I- domains were expressed on the surface ofthe K562 transfectants by the PDGFR transmembrane domain. The level of cell surface I-domain was determined by flow cytometry using monoclonal antibody TS1/22 to the I-domain (shaded histogram). Binding ofthe control mAb X63 is shown as open histograms. Mean fluorescent intensity of TS 1/22 binding was indicated on the upper right corner ofthe histogram plot. Results of two individual clones (#1 and #2) from each I-domain transfectants are shown.
Figure 8 depicts the ligand binding activity ofthe cell surface expressed LFA-1 I-domains. Panel A, Binding of K562 transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 in the presence or absence of DTT. Binding was performed in the presence (white bar) or absence (black bar) of DTT. Panel B, Effect of divalent cations on binding of K562 transfectants to ICAM-1. Binding was performed in the presence of Mn (black bar), Mg2+ (shaded bar) or EDTA (white bar). In Panels A and B, two clones (#1 and #2) of the transfectants expressing the wild-type I-domain or mutant I-domain were tested. Panel C , Effect of LFA-1 blocking antibodies on binding ofthe K287C/K294C I- domain to ICAM-1. Results are mean + SD of triplicate samples and representative of 3 experiments.
Figure 9 depicts the surface plasmon resonance sensograms by BIAcore™ recording the interaction ofthe open (K287C/K294C) or wild-type I-domain with ligands, ICAM-1 (Panels A and B), ICAM-2 (Panels C and D), and ICAM-3 (Panels E andF).
Figure 10 depicts the inhibition of LFA-1 -dependent adhesion in vitro by the open αL I-domain. Panel A depicts the adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing wild-type LFA-1 to immobilized ICAM-1 in the presence of soluble wild-type (closed circles) or open (K287C/K294C) I-domain (open circles); Panel B depicts the homotypic aggregation ofthe murine EL-4 T lymphoma cell line in the presence of soluble wild-type (closed circles) or open (K287C/K294C) I-domain (open circles). Figure 11 depicts the expression and ligand binding activity ofthe Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants in transiently transfected 293T cells. Panel A, binding of monoclonal antibodies CBRM1/32 (open bars) and CBRM1/5 (black bars) to intact Mac-1 I-domain mutants. Panel B, adhesion of 293T transient transfectants expressing intact Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants to iC3b coated on plastic. Panel C, adhesion of 293T transient transfectants expressing isolated Mac-1 mutant I-domains to iC3b ligand in the presence (black bars) or absence (open bars) of antibody CBRM1/5. Figure 12 depicts the expression and ligand binding activity ofthe Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants in K562 stable transfectants. Panel A, representative histogram showing binding of monoclonal antibodies CBRM1/32 and CBRM1/5 to intact Mac-1 I-domain mutants as assessed by flow cytometry. Mean fluorescent intensity is indicated in the upper right hand corner ofthe histogram plot. Panel B, adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing intact Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants to iC3b coated on plastic. Panel C, adhesion of K562 stable transfectants expressing isolated Mac-1 I-mutant I-domains to iC3b ligand. Adhesion was assayed in the presence (black bars) or absence (open bars) of monoclonal antibody CBRM1/5, or in the presence of 10 mM DTT (gray bars).
Detailed Description of the Invention The present invention is based, at least in part, on a method for stabilizing a polypeptide in a desired conformation by introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide. In one embodiment, based on NMR or crystal structures of specific protein conformations, computational design is used to introduce a disulfide bond that locks the protein in a particular conformation. As used herein, a "conformation" or "conformer" refers to the three dimensional structure of a protein. A "desired" conformation includes a protein conformation that is conducive to a particular use ofthe polypeptide, e.g., a conformation that supports a particular biological function and/or activity, or a therapeutic effect. As used herein, the terms "polypeptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably throughout. In one embodiment, a desired conformation is a protein conformation which promotes or activates a biological function and or activity, e.g. , an open or active conformation. In another embodiment, a desired conformation is a protein conformation which inhibits or suppresses a biological function and/or activity, e.g., a closed or inactive conformation.
In particular, the method ofthe invention includes modeling a protein, or a functional domain thereof, on a template ofthe desired three-dimensional structure of the protein and introducing cysteines which are able to form a disulfide bond only in the desired conformation ofthe protein, thus stabilizing the protein in that particular conformation. The protein can be any protein, or domain thereof, for which a three dimensional structure is known or can be generated, and is preferably a protein that exists in two different conformations. Computational algorithms for designing and/or modeling protein conformations are described, for example, in WO 98/47089. The
SSBOND program (Hazes, B and Dijkstra, BW (1988) Rrote Engineering 2:119-125) can be used to identify positions where disulfide bonds can be introduced in a protein structure by mutating appropriately positioned pairs of residues to cysteine.
Disulfide bond formation occurs between two cysteine residues that are appropriately positioned within the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide. In one embodiment ofthe invention, a polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation by introducing at least one cysteine substitution into the amino acid sequence such that a disulfide bond is formed. The introduction of a single cysteine substitution is performed in circumstances in which an additional cysteine residue is present in the native amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide at an appropriate position such that a disulfide bond is formed. In a preferred embodiment, two cysteine substitutions are introduced into the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide at positions that allow a disulfide bond to form, thereby stabilizing the polypeptide in a desired conformation. In another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteine is 3.00-8.09A. In yet another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
In one embodiment ofthe invention, cysteine substitutions are introduced such that the formation of a disulfide bond is favored only in one protein conformation, such that the protein is stabilized in that particular conformation. Preparation of a modified polypeptide ofthe invention by introducing cysteine substitutions is preferably achieved by mutagenesis of DNA encoding the polypeptide of interest (e.g., an integrin polypeptide). For example, an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions into the nucleotide sequence of an integrin gene such that one or more amino acid substitutions, e.g., cysteine substitutions, are introduced into the encoded protein. Mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid sequence by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Suitable proteins include, but are not limited to, industrially and therapeutically important proteins such as: 1) signaling molecules, such as small G proteins, trimeric G protein alpha subunits, tyrosine kinases, and G protein-coupled receptors; 2) enzymes under allosteric control, 3) zymogens that undergo conformational change after activation by proteolytic cleavage, such as the proteases (convertases and factors) ofthe complement and clotting cascades, and 4) proteolytically activated effector molecules such as complement components C3 and C4, and fibrinogen. In one embodiment, the method ofthe invention can be used to stabilize a protein in a biologically active conformation, e.g., a conformation that is enzymatically active or has ligand binding capacity and/or effector functions, e.g., an "open" conformation. In another embodiment, the method ofthe invention can be used to stabilize a protein in a biologically inactive conformation, e.g., a conformation that is enzymatically inactive or does not have ligand binding capacity and/or effector functions, e.g., a "closed" conformation.
Proteins that are stabilized in a particular conformation may find use in, for example, in proteomic screening technologies. In proteomic screens of tissues and disease states, antibodies, polypeptide, and/or small molecules that are specific for, e.g., an active protein conformer or an inactive protein conformer, can be used to assess the activity of different cellular signaling, metabolic, and adhesive pathways. Thus, associations can be made between specific diseases and the activation of specific biochemical and signaling pathways. Furthermore, the invention relates to the polypeptides, antibodies, and small molecules identified using the methods described herein and uses for same, e.g., to treat, for example, inflammatory disorders. Conformer- specific reagents can also be placed on chips and used to screen tissue extracts, or used to stain tissue sections. Furthermore, drugs or antibodies, e.g., anti-integrin antibodies which specifically recognize a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody which specifically recognizes a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide, that are selective for a particular conformer, e.g., an open conformer or a closed conformer, may provide differential therapeutic effects. Therefore, selective screening assays using a protein stabilized in a particular conformer can be used to rationally obtain compounds with a desired activity.
Integrins Integrins exist on cell surfaces in an inactive conformation that does not bind ligand. Upon cell activation, integrins change shape (conformation) and can bind ligand. Over 20 different integrin heterodimers (different α and β subunit combinations) exist that are expressed in a selective fashion on all cells in the body. After activation, integrins bind in a specific manner to protein ligands on the surface of other cells, in the extracellular matrix, or that are assembled in the clotting or complement cascades. Integrins on leukocytes are of central importance in leukocyte emigration and in inflammatory and immune responses. Ligands for the leukocyte integrin Mac-1 (αMβ2) include the inflammation-associated cell surface molecule ICAM-1, the complement component iC3b, and the clotting component fibrinogen. Ligands for the leukocyte integrin LFA-1 (αLβ2) include ICAM-1, ICAM-2, and
ICAM-3. Antibodies to leukocyte integrins can block many types of inflammatory and auto-immune diseases, by, e.g., modulating, e.g., inhibiting, for example, cell to cell interactions or cell to extracellular matrix interactions. Integrins on platelets are important in clotting and in heart disease; approved drugs include the antibody abciximab (Reopro™) and the peptide-like antagonist eptifibatide (Integrilin™). Integrins on connective tissue cells, epithelium, and endothelium are important in disease states affecting these cells. They regulate cell growth, differentiation, wound healing, fibrosis, apoptosis, and angiogenesis. Integrins on cancerous cells regulate invasion and metastasis. To antagonize integrins, drugs are needed that bind to the active, ligand-binding conformation. Most antibodies bind to both the active and inactive conformations, since only a small portion ofthe surface ofthe integrin molecule changes shape. It is desirable that antibodies bind only to the active integrin conformation, e.g., the "open" conformation, because binding to the inactive conformation can lead to side reactions, generation of anti-idiotypic antibodies, and result in clearance ofthe antibody and, thus, requires much higher doses to be administered. The methods described herein have been successfully used to introduce disulfide bonds into the I domains ofthe integrins, e.g., LFA-1 and Mac-1. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention may be derived from an I-domain of an integrin α subunit including αl, α2, αlO, αl 1, αD, αE, αL (CDl la), αM (CDl lb) and αX (CDl lc).
As used herein, a "modified integrin I-domain polypeptide" or "modified integrin polypeptide" includes an integrin I-domain polypeptide that has been altered with respect to the wild-type sequence or the native state such that at least one disulfide bond has been introduced into the polypeptide thereby stabilizing the I-domain in a desired conformation.
The terms "derived from" or "derivative", as used interchangeably herein, are intended to mean that a sequence is identical to or modified from another sequence, e.g., a naturally occurring sequence. Derivatives within the scope ofthe invention include polynucleotide and polypeptide derivatives. Polypeptide or protein derivatives include polypeptide or protein sequences that differ from the sequences described or known in amino acid sequence, or in ways that do not involve sequence, or both, and still preserve the activity ofthe polypeptide or protein. Derivatives in amino acid sequence are produced when one or more amino acid is substituted with a different natural amino acid, an amino acid derivative or non-native amino acid. In certain embodiments protein derivatives include naturally occurring polypeptides or proteins, or biologically active fragments thereof, whose sequences differ from the wild-type sequence by one or more conservative amino acid substitutions, which typically have minimal influence on the secondary structure and hydrophobic nature ofthe protein or peptide. Derivatives may also have sequences which differ by one or more non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions which do not abolish the biological activity ofthe polypeptide or protein.
Conservative substitutions (substituents) typically include the substitution of one amino acid for another with similar characteristics (e.g., charge, size, shape, and other biological properties) such as substitutions within the following groups: valine, glycine; glycine, alanine; valine, isoleucine; aspartic acid, glutamic acid; asparagine, glutamine; serine, threonine; lysine, arginine; and phenylalanine, tyrosine. The non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan and methionine. The polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine and glutamine. The positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine and histidine. The negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
In other embodiments, derivatives with amino acid substitutions which are less conservative may also result in desired derivatives, e.g., by causing changes in charge, conformation and other biological properties. Such substitutions would include, for example, substitution of hydrophilic residue for a hydrophobic residue, substitution of a cysteine or proline for another residue, substitution of a residue having a small side chain for a residue having a bulky side chain or substitution of a residue having a net positive charge for a residue having a net negative charge. When the result of a given substitution cannot be predicted with certainty, the derivatives may be readily assayed according to the methods disclosed herein to determine the presence or absence ofthe desired characteristics. The polypeptides and proteins of this invention may also be modified by various changes such as insertions, deletions and substitutions, either conservative or nonconservative where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use.
In a preferred embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is stabilized in the open conformation, and binds ligand with high affinity.
In one embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofthe invention is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, as compared to the wild-type sequence. In another embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteines is in the range of 3.00-8.09A, e.g., as predicted by protein modeling. In a further embodiment, the distance between the Cβ carbons in the disulfide bond is in the range of 3.41-7.08 A.
The introduction of cysteine residues at appropriate positions within the amino acid sequence ofthe I-domain polypeptide allows for the formation of a disulfide bond that stabilizes the domain in a particular conformation, e.g., an active "open" conformation, or an inactive "closed" conformation. For example, the αL K287C/K294C, E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, L161C/T300C, and L289C/K294C mutants, and the αM Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC mutants are stabilized in the "open" conformation that bind ligand with high or intermediate affinity, whereas the αL L289C/K294C mutant and the αM Q163C/R313C mutants are stabilized in an inactive or "closed" conformation that does not bind ligand. The affinity of E284C/E301C is nearly comparable to that of K287C/K294C, e.g., high-affinity. The affinity of L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are significantly higher than wild-type, but 20-30 times lower than high-affinity αL I-domain, K287C/K294C. L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are referred to herein as intermediate affinity αL I-domains.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain which is comprised within an integrin α subunit, and which may be further associated with an integrin β subunit. In another embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of the invention is a soluble polypeptide. Furthermore, the invention provides a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide. A model ofthe I-like domain ofthe integrin β-subunit that is supported by experimental data (Huang, C et al. (2000) J Biol Chem 275 :21514-24) has also been made. The data confirm the location ofthe key C-terminal α-helix that undergoes the dramatic 10 A conformational movement in I domains. The I and I-like domains align well in this region. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-like domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
In a preferred embodiment, a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide is stabilized in the open conformation, and binds ligand with high affinity. In one embodiment, a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide ofthe invention is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, as compared to the wild-type sequence.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain which is comprised within an integrin β subunit, and which may be further associated with an integrin α subunit. In another embodiment, a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide ofthe invention is a soluble polypeptide. Furthermore, the invention provides a modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide which is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide. Integrins are key targets in many diseases. Accordingly, isolated high affinity I- domains ofthe invention, as well as antibodies, or small molecule antagonists selective for activated leukocyte integrins can be used to modulate, e.g., inhibit or prevent, autoimmune and inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, and ischemia/reperfusion injury as in hypovolemic shock, myocardial infarct, and cerebral shock. Furthermore, co-crystals of high affinity I domains bound to natural ligands and/or small molecule antagonists can readily be made, which will enable computational drug design, and advance modification and improvement of drug development candidates.
Accordingly, the invention provides a method for identifying a modulator of integrin activity comprising assaying the ability of a test compound to bind to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for identifying a compound capable of modulating the interaction of an integrin and a cognate ligand wherein binding of a ligand to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide which is stabilized in the open conformation is assayed in the presence and absence of a test compound. The invention also provides a composition comprising a modified integrin I- domain polypeptide or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to a modified integrin I- domain, e.g., an I-domain in the open conformation, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions ofthe invention are used in therapeutic methods ofthe invention. For example, the invention provides methods for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder (e.g., an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder) in a subject, or for inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to a therapeutically effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation or anti-integrin antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation. In a preferred embodiment, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide binds ligand with high affinity. In another preferred embodiment, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide for therapeutic use is a soluble polypeptide, e.g., a fusion protein. As used herein, an integrin mediated disorder includes, for example, an inflammatory or immune system disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder. Examples of integrin-mediated disorders include myocardial infarction, stroke, restenosis, transplant rejection, graft versus host disease or host versus graft disease, and reperfusion injury. An inflammatory or immune system disorder includes, but is not limited to adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), multiple organ injury syndromes secondary to septicemia or trauma, viral infection, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, leukocyte adhesion deficiency II syndrome, thermal injury, hemodialysis, leukapheresis, peritonitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lung inflammation, asthma, acute appendicitis, dermatoses with acute inflammatory components, wound healing, septic shock, acute glomerulonephritis, nephritis, amyloidosis, reactive arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic bronchitis, Sjorgen's syndrome, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, lupus, polymyositis, Reiter's syndrome, psoriasis, dermatitis, pelvic inflammatory disease, inflammatory breast disease, orbital inflammatory disease, immune deficiency disorders (e.g., HIV, common variable immunodeficiency, congenital X-linked infantile hypogammaglobulinemia, transient hypogammaglobulinemia, selective IgA deficiency, necrotizing enterocolitis, granulocyte transfusion associated syndromes, cytokine-induced toxicity, chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, severe combined immunodeficiency), autoimmune disorders, and acute purulent meningitis or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders.
A "cellular proliferative disorder" includes those disorders that affect cell proliferation, activation, adhesion, growth, differentiation, or migration processes. As used herein, a "cellular proliferation, activation, adhesion, growth, differentiation, or migration process" is a process by which a cell increases in number, size, activation state, or content, by which a cell develops a specialized set of characteristics which differ from that of other cells, or by which a cell moves closer to or further from a particular location or stimulus. Disorders characterized by aberrantly regulated growth, activation, adhesion, differentiation, or migration. Such disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, lymphoma or leukemia, examples of which include, but are not limited to, breast, endometrial, ovarian, uterine, hepatic, gastrointestinal, prostate, colorectal, and lung cancer, melanoma, neurofibromatosis, adenomatous polyposis of the colon, Wilms' tumor, nephroblastoma, teratoma, rhabdomyosarcoma; tumor invasion, angiogenesis and metastasis; skeletal dysplasia; hematopoietic and/or myeloproliferative disorders. Various aspects ofthe invention are described in further detail in the following subsections.
Modified Integrin I-domain Polypeptides and Anti-integrin I-domain Antibodies The methods ofthe invention include the use of isolated, modified integrin polypeptides, and biologically active portions thereof. As used herein, a modified integrin polypeptide includes a modified I-domain polypeptide and a modified I-like domain polypeptide. Modified integrin polypeptides ofthe invention include modified integrin I- domain and I-like domain polypeptides that are comprised within an integrin α or β subunit polypeptide, respectively; soluble modified integrin I-domain and I-like domain polypeptides; and modified integrin I-domain and I-like domain polypeptides that are operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide, e.g., fusion proteins.
The cDNAs for multiple human integrin α and β subunit polypeptides have been cloned and sequenced, and the polypeptide sequences have been determined (see, for example, GenBank Accession Numbers: NM_002203 (α2), AFl 12345 (αlO), NM_012211 (αl 1), NM 005353 (αD), NM_002208 (αE), NM_000887 (αX), NM_000632 (αM), NM_002209 (αL), X68742 and P56199 (αl), NM_000211 (β2), NM_000212 (β3), NM_002214 (β8)). In particular, the polypeptide sequences encoding human αL and αM are set forth as SEQ ID NO:2 (GenBank Accession No. P20701) and SEQ ID NO:4 (GenBank Accession No. PI 1215), respectively. In addition, the sequences encoding integrin α and β subunit polypeptides from other species are available in the art. Furthermore, as described previously, three dimensional structure ofthe αM, αL, αl and α2 I-domains has been solved (Lee, J-O, et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340; Lee, J-O, et al. (199S) Cell 80:631-638; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1995; Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1996) Structure 4:931-942; Emsley, J et al. (1997) JBiol Chem 272:28512-28517; Baldwin, ET et al. (1998) Structure 6:923-935; Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9).
Isolated modified integrin polypeptides ofthe present invention preferably have an amino acid sequence that is sufficiently identical to the amino acid sequence of a native integrin polypeptide, yet which comprise at least one, and preferably two cysteine substitutions, such that a disulfide bond is formed that stabilizes the polypeptide in a desired conformation. As used herein, the term "sufficiently identical" refers to an amino acid (or nucleotide) sequence which contains a sufficient or minimum number of identical or equivalent (e.g., an amino acid residue that has a similar side chain) amino acid residues (or nucleotides) to a integrin amino acid (or nucleotide) sequence such that the polypeptide shares common structural domains or motifs, and/or a common functional activity with a native integrin polypeptide. For example, amino acid or nucleotide sequences which share at least 30%, 40%, or 50%, preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, 75%, 80%, 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% or greater identity and share a common functional activity (e.g., an activity of a modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain as described herein) are defined herein as sufficiently identical. An integrin I-domain polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence from the integrin polypeptides disclosed herein due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis.
To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, or 90% ofthe length ofthe reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "identity" is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "homology"). The percent identity between the two sequences is a function ofthe number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment ofthe two sequences.
The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol. (48):444-453 (1970)) algorithm which has been incoφorated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossom 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In another embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences is determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller (Comput. Appl. Biosci., 4:11-17 (1988)) which has been incoφorated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM 120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.
As used herein, a "biologically active portion" of a modified integrin polypeptide (e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide) includes a fragment of a modified integrin polypeptide which retains a modified integrin polypeptide activity. Typically, a biologically active portion of a modified integrin polypeptide comprises at least one domain or motif with at least one activity ofthe modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., ligand binding. In a preferred embodiment, biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide include modified integrin I-domain polypeptides. Biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide may comprise amino acid sequences sufficiently identical to or derived from the amino acid sequence of a modified integrin polypeptide, which include less amino acids than the full length modified integrin polypeptide, and exhibit at least one activity of a modified integrin polypeptide. Biologically active portions of a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified I- domain or I-like domain, can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a integrin polypeptide activity, e.g., ligand binding, adhesion, e.g., cell to cell adhesion or cell to extracellular matrix adhesion, and/or signaling activity. A biologically active portion of a modified integrin polypeptide comprises a polypeptide which can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more ofthe functional activities of a modified integrin polypeptide.
In a preferred embodiment, modified integrin polypeptides are produced by recombinant DNA techniques. For example, a modified integrin polypeptide can be isolated from a host cell transfected with a polynucleotide sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide (e.g., a I-domain polypeptide or a soluble I-domain fusion protein) using an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, a modified integrin polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques. An "isolated" or "purified" polypeptide or protein, or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the source, e.g., the cellular source, from which the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide in which the protein is separated from cellular components ofthe cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-modified integrin polypeptide (also referred to herein as a
"contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of non-modified integrin polypeptide, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-modified integrin polypeptide, and most preferably less than about 5% non-modified integrin polypeptide. When the modified integrin polypeptide or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% ofthe volume ofthe protein preparation.
The language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis ofthe protein. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of modified integrin polypeptide having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-modified integrin polypeptide chemicals.
The methods ofthe invention may also use modified integrin polypeptides that are chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a modified integrin "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises a modified integrin polypeptide operatively linked to a non-modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a heterologous polypeptide. In a preferred embodiment, a modified integrin fusion protein comprises at least an I-domain or an I- like domain. Within the fusion protein, the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the modified integrin polypeptide and the heterologous polypeptide sequences are fused in-frame to each other. The heterologous polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus ofthe modified integrin polypeptide.
For example, in a preferred embodiment, the fusion protein is a modified integrin-I-domain fusion protein in which the Fc region, e.g., the hinge, CI and C2 sequences, of an immunoglobulin, (e.g., human IgGl) is fused to the C-terminus ofthe modified integrin sequences. Integrin immunoglobulin chimeras can be constructed essentially as described in WO 91/08298. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant modified integrin polypeptides. In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide fused to a heterologous transmembrane domain, such that the fusion protein is expressed on the cell surface.
The modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins ofthe invention can be incoφorated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. In an exemplary embodiment, a soluble modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in an open, ligand binding conformation, or fusion protein thereof may be used to modulate integrin activity (e.g., integrin binding to a cognate ligand) in a subject. In another embodiment, a soluble modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein may be used to treat an inflammatory or immune system disorder, e.g., an autoimmune disorder. In another embodiment, a soluble modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein may be used to treat a cellular proliferative disease. Use of soluble modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins can also be used to affect the bioavailability of a integrin ligand, e.g., ICAM.
Moreover, the modified integrin polypeptides and fusion proteins ofthe invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-integrin antibodies in a subject, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, and in screening assays to identify molecules which modulate integrin activity, and/or modulate the interaction of a integrin polypeptide with a integrin ligand or receptor.
Preferably, a modified integrin fusion protein of the invention is produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in- frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A modified integrin polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the modified integrin polypeptide. The methods ofthe present invention may also include the use of modified integrin polypeptides which function as either integrin agonists (mimetics) or as integrin antagonists. An agonist of an integrin polypeptide can retain substantially the same, or a subset, ofthe biological activities ofthe naturally occurring form of a integrin polypeptide. An antagonist of an integrin polypeptide can inhibit one or more ofthe activities of a native form ofthe integrin polypeptide by, for example, competitively modulating an integrin activity. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a modified integrin polypeptide stabilized in a desired conformation.
An isolated, modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to a specific conformation of an integrin, e.g., an integrin I-domain, using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation (see, generally R. H. Kenneth, in Monoclonal Antibodies: A New Dimension In Biological Analyses, Plenum Publishing Coφ., New York, New York (1980); E. A. Lerner (1981) Yale J. Biol. Med, 54:387-402; M. L. Gefter et al. (1977) Somatic Cell Genet. 3:231-36).
Moreover, the ordinarily skilled artisan will appreciate that there are many variations of such methods which also would be useful. Preparation of anti-LFA-1 antibodies is described in, for example, United States Patent No. 5,622,700, the entire content of which is incoφorated herein by this reference. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site which specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, e.g., an integrin I-domain in an open or closed conformation, or a modified integrin I- domain, such as an LFA-1 I-domain, e.g., an open or closed LFA-1 I-domain or a modified integrin I-domain of LFA-1. Examples of immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab')2 fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody with an enzyme such as pepsin. The invention provides polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that bind a modified integrin polypeptide e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof. The term "monoclonal antibody" or "monoclonal antibody composition", as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof. A monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular modified integrin polypeptide, or a portion or fragment thereof with which it immunoreacts.
Alternative to preparing monoclonal antibody-secreting hybridomas, a monoclonal anti-integrin antibody can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g., an antibody phage display library) with a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain stabilized in the open conformation, to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind to an conformation specific epitope on an integrin polypeptide, e.g., an open conformation. Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System,
Catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP™ Phage Display Kit, Catalog No. 240612). With regard to screening for phage libraries with integrin I-domains locked in the high affinity conformation with a disulfide bond, note that it should be possible to elute specific phage by adding a reducing agent that breaks the disulfide and abolishes the high affinity conformation ofthe I-domain.
Additionally, examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT International Publication WO 92/20791 ; Markland et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum. Antibod. Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275- 1281; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896; Clarkson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc. Acid Res. 19:4133-4137; Barbas et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:7978-7982; and McCafferty et al. Nature (1990) 348:552-554.
Additionally, recombinant anti-integrin antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, can also be used in the methods ofthe present invention. Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in Robinson et al. International Application No. PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al. European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171 ,496; Morrison et al. European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al. PCT International Publication No. WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al. European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988) Science 240:1041-1043; Liu et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:3439-3443; Liu et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:214-218; Nishimura et al. (1987) Cane. Res. 47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985) Nature 314:446-449; and Shaw et al. (1988) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80:1553-1559); Morrison, S. L. (1985) Science 229:1202-1207; Oi et al. (1986) BioTechniques 4:214; Winter U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. (1986) Nature 321 :552-525; Verhoeyan et al. (1988) Science 239:1534; and Beidler et al. (1988) J. Immunol. 141 :4053-4060. In a preferred embodiment, an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention binds selectively to an integrin I-domain in the open, high-affinity conformation, e.g., at an epitope that is unique to an activated integrin (also referred to herein as an activation specific epitope). In a preferred embodiment, an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention modulates (e.g., inhibits) the binding interaction between an activated integrin and its cognate ligand. In another embodiment, an anti-integrin antibody inhibits leukocyte adhesion and/or aggregation. In another embodiment, an anti-integrin antibody ofthe invention binds selectively to an integrin I-domain in an open conformation, e.g., an LFA-1 I-domain in an open conformation, or a modified integrin I-domain, e.g., a modified I-domain of an LFA-1 molecule.
An anti-integrin antibody (e.g., a monoclonal antibody) can be used in the methods ofthe invention to modulate the expression and/or activity of an integrin or an integrin I-domain polypeptide. An anti-integrin antibody can also be used to isolate modified integrin or integrin I-domain polypeptides, e.g., a modified LFA-1 polypeptide, or fusion proteins by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. In another embodiment, an anti-integrin antibody can be used to remove and/or kill cells expressing activated integrin. Moreover, an anti-integrin antibody can be used to detect integrin polypeptides in a particular conformation (e.g., an activated integrin), for example, for the localization of stimulated and/or activated leukocytes. Furthermore, an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an antibody which reacts with or binds an integrin I-domain in an open conformation or a modified integrin I-domain, can be used therapeutically as described herein. Accordingly anti-integrin antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in blood as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, detect inflammation. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β- galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125I, 131I, 35S or 3H.
Isolated Nucleic Acid Molecules The invention includes the use of isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode integrin polypeptides (e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptide) or biologically active portions thereof. As used herein, the term "nucleic acid molecule" is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs ofthe DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. The nucleotide sequences encoding the wild-type human αL and αM polypeptides are set forth as SEQ ID NO:l (GenBank Accession No. NM_002209) and SEQ ID NO:3 (Genbank Accession No. J03925), respectively. The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention include the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:l and SEQ ID NO:3, which encode the modified amino acid sequences ofthe αL and αM mutants described herein, e.g., identified below in Table 9. Table 9 illustrates the specific nucleotide residues which are altered to result in the modified αL and αM mutants as described herein. For example, the αL K287C/K294C mutant is a modified αL polypeptide, wherein there is a change in the amino acid sequence of αL (SEQ ID NO:2) such that amino acid residues 287 and 294 are substituted with cysteine residues. The corresponding wild-type nucleotide sequence, SEQ ID NO: 1 , is modified at nucleotide residues 1022-1024 and 1 143-1145, respectively. Therefore, as shown in Table 9, for the αL K287C/K294C mutant at amino acid K287, the corresponding nucleotide residues in the wild-type αL nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:l), nucleotide residues 1022-1024, are modified from "aaa" to "tgt."
Table 9.
Figure imgf000031_0001
αL; GenBank NM_002209 αM; GeneBank J03925
The term "isolated nucleic acid molecule" includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source ofthe nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term "isolated" includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends ofthe nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA ofthe organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide can contain less than about 5 kb, 4kb, 3kb, 2kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA ofthe cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The skilled artisan will further appreciate that further changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence ofthe encoded modified integrin polypeptide, without further altering the structural characteristics or functional ability of the modified integrin polypeptide. For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence encoding a modified integrin polypeptide. A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the sequence of a modified integrin polypeptide without further altering the structure and/or biological activity. In accordance with the methods ofthe invention, computational design and modeling are used to determine which amino acid residues are amenable to alteration in order to achieve the desired protein conformation.
Accordingly, the methods ofthe invention may include the use of nucleic acid molecules encoding modified integrin polypeptides that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity.
Preferably, conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a modified integrin polypeptide is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
Recombinant Expression Vectors and Host Cells Another aspect ofthe invention pertains to vectors, for example, recombinant expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a modified integrin polypeptide (or a portion thereof), e.g., an integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptide or fusion protein. As used herein, the term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a "plasmid", which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, "plasmid" and "vector" can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the methods ofthe invention may include other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
The recombinant expression vectors ofthe invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression ofthe nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis ofthe host cells to be used for expression, which is operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. Within a recombinant expression vector, "operably linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner which allows for expression ofthe nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell). The term "regulatory sequence" is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cells and those which direct expression ofthe nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design ofthe expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice ofthe host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors ofthe invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., modified integrin I-domain polypeptides, fusion proteins, and the like).
Accordingly, the invention provides a method for producing a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, by culturing in a suitable medium, a host cell ofthe invention (e.g., a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell) containing a recombinant expression vector such that the protein is produced.
The recombinant expression vectors ofthe invention can be designed for expression of modified integrin polypeptides or fusion proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells, e.g., for use in the methods ofthe invention. For example, modified integrin I-domain polypeptides or fusion proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in En∑ymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase. Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in E. coli with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus ofthe recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three puφoses: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility and/or stability ofthe recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification ofthe recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, in fusion expression vectors, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction ofthe fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation ofthe recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification ofthe fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D.B. and Johnson, K.S. (1988) Gene 67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein. Purified modified integrin I-domain fusion proteins (e.g., soluble I-domain-Ig) can be utilized to modulate integrin activity, as described herein. Examples of suitable inducible non-fusion E. coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amann et al., (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 1 Id (Studier et al., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 60-89). Target gene expression from the pTrc vector relies on host RNA polymerase transcription from a hybrid tφ-lac fusion promoter. Target gene expression from the pET 1 Id vector relies on transcription from a T7 gnlO-lac fusion promoter mediated by a coexpressed viral RNA polymerase (T7 gnl). This viral polymerase is supplied by host strains BL21(DE3) or HMS174(DE3) from a resident prophage harboring a T7 gnl gene under the transcriptional control ofthe lacUV 5 promoter. One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 1 19-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence ofthe nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (Wada et al., (1992) Nucleic Acids Res. 20:21 1 1-21 18). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences ofthe invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
In another embodiment, the expression vector is a yeast expression vector. Examples of vectors for expression in yeast S. cerevisiae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al., (1987) EMBOJ 6:229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, (1982) Ce/730:933- 943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al., (1987) Gene 54:113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Coφoration, San Diego, CA), and picZ (InVitrogen Coφ, San Diego, CA).
Alternatively, modified integrin polypeptides can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells (e.g., Sf 9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith et al. (1983) Mol. Cell Biol. 3:2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers (1989) Virology 170:31-39). In yet another embodiment, a nucleic acid ofthe invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector. Examples of mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, B. (1987) Nature 329:840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman et al. (1987) EMBO 6:187-195). When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Nirus 40. For other suitable expression systems for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells see chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, Ν Y, 1989.
In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression ofthe nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Tissue- specific regulatory elements are known in the art. Νon-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987) Genes Dev. 1 :268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988) Adv. Immunol. 43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989) EMBOJ. 8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983) Cell 33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983) Cell 33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5473-5477), endothelial cell-specific promoters (e.g., KDR/flk promoter; U.S. Patent No. 5,888,765), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985) Science 230:912- 916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Patent No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally- regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Grass (1990) Science 249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989) Genes Dev. 3:537-546).
Another aspect ofthe invention pertains to host cells into which a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin polypeptide ofthe invention is introduced, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a modified integrin I-domain nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site ofthe host cell's genome. The terms "host cell" and "recombinant host cell" are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope ofthe term as used herein.
A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as hematopoietic cells, leukocytes, K562 cells, 293T cells, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVΕC), human microvascular endothelial cells (HMVΕC), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms "transformation" and "transfection" are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DΕAΕ-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
For stable transfection of mammalian cells, it is known that, depending upon the expression vector and transfection technique used, only a small fraction of cells may integrate the foreign DNA into their genome. In order to identify and select these integrants, a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest. Preferred selectable markers include those which confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate. Nucleic acids encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding a modified integrin polypeptide or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incoφorated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die). A host cell ofthe invention, such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (t.e., express) a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein, for use in the methods ofthe invention. In one embodiment, a host cell (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein has been introduced) is cultured in a suitable medium such that a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein is produced. In another embodiment, a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide or fusion protein is isolated from the medium or the host cell. A recombinant cell expressing a modified integrin polypeptide or fusion protein can also be administered to a subject to modulate integrin activity.
The host cells ofthe invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals. For example, in one embodiment, a host cell ofthe invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide- coding sequences have been introduced. Such host cells can then be used to create non- human transgenic animals in which exogenous modified integrin I-domain sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous integrin I-domain sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a modified integrin I-domain molecule and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of modified integrin I-domain polypeptide activity. As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more ofthe cells ofthe animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and which remains in the genome ofthe mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues ofthe transgenic animal. As used herein, a "homologous recombinant animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous integrin I-domain gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell ofthe animal, prior to development ofthe animal. A transgenic animal ofthe invention can be created by introducing a modified integrin I-domain-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte, e.g, by microinjection, retroviral infection, and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression ofthe transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a modified integrin I-domain transgene to direct expression of a modified integrin I-domain protein to particular cells. Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,866 and 4,870,009, both by Leder et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,873,191 by Wagner et al. and in Hogan, B., Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1986).
To create a homologous recombinant animal, a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a modified integrin I-domain gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the modified integrin I-domain gene. The modified integrin I-domain gene can be a human gene, but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human modified integrin I-domain gene. For example, a mouse modified integrin I-domain gene can be used to construct a homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule, e.g., a vector, suitable for altering an endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene in the mouse genome. In a preferred embodiment, the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene is functionally disrupted (i. e. , no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector). Alternatively, the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression ofthe endogenous modified integrin I-domain protein). In the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule, the altered portion ofthe modified integrin I- domain gene is flanked at its 5' and 3' ends by additional nucleic acid sequence ofthe modified integrin I-domain gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous modified integrin I-domain gene carried by the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule and an endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene in a cell, e.g., an embryonic stem cell. The additional flanking modified integrin I- domain nucleic acid sequence is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene. Typically, several kilobases of flanking DNA (both at the 5' and 3' ends) are included in the homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule (see, e.g., Thomas, K.R. and Capecchi, M. R. (1987) Cell 51 :503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors). The homologous recombination nucleic acid molecule is introduced into a cell, e.g., an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced modified integrin I-domain gene has homologously recombined with the endogenous modified integrin I-domain gene are selected (see e.g., Li, E. et al. (1992) Cell 69:915). The selected cells can then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras (see e.g., Bradley, A. in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987) pp. 113-152). A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term. Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells ofthe animal contain the homologously recombined DNA by germline transmission ofthe transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination nucleic acid molecules, e.g. , vectors, or homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, A. (1991) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 2:823-829 and in PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/1 1354 by Le Mouellec et al. ; WO 91/01140 by Smithies et al. ; WO 92/0968 by Zijlstra et al. ; and WO 93/04169 by Berns et al.
In another embodiment, transgenic non-human animals can be produced which contain selected systems which allow for regulated expression ofthe transgene. One example of such a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI. For a description ofthe cre/loxP recombinase system, see, e.g., Lakso et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:6232-6236. Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (O'Gorman et al. (1991) Science 251 :1351-1355. If a cre/loxP recombinase system is used to regulate expression ofthe transgene, animals containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required. Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase. Screening Assays
The invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or other drugs) which modulate integrin activity. These assays are designed to identify compounds, for example, that bind to an integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide in an active conformation, bind to other proteins that interact with an integrin I-domain polypeptide, induce binding, and modulate the interaction of an integrin I-domain polypeptide with other proteins, e.g., an integrin ligand, e.g., ICAM, and thus modulate integrin activity.
As used herein, the term "modulator of integrin activity" includes a compound or agent that is capable of modulating or regulating at least one integrin activity, as described herein. Modulators of integrin activity may include, but are not limited to, small organic or inorganic molecules, nucleic acid molecules, peptides, antibodies, and the like. A modulator of integrin activity can be an inducer or inhibitor of integrin activity, e.g., cell adhesion or ligand binding. As used herein, an "inducer of integrin activity" stimulates, enhances, and/or mimics an integrin activity. As used herein, an "inhibitor of integrin activity" reduces, blocks or antagonizes an integrin activity. As used interchangeably herein, an "integrin activity", or an "integrin-mediated activity" refers to an activity exerted by an integrin polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule on an integrin responsive cell, or on integrin ligand or receptor, as determined in vitro and in vivo, according to standard techniques. In one embodiment, an integrin activity is the ability to mediate cell adhesion events, e.g, cell to cell or cell to extracellular matrix adhesion. In another embodiment, an integrin activity is the ability to transduce cellular signaling events. In yet another embodiment, an integrin activity is the ability to bind a ligand, e.g., ICAM.
In a preferred embodiment, a soluble, recombinant high affinity integrin I- domain can be used to screen for small molecule antagonists that interfere with integrin ligand binding. Furthermore, antagonists, e.g., antibodies, with direct/competitive and indirect/noncompetitive modes of inhibition can be discriminated, based on comparison with effects on wild-type integrin I-domains which show minimal ligand binding activity. For example, an indirect inhibitor should inhibit ligand binding by an activated, wild-type integrin I-domain, but not by a disulfide-locked high affinity I- domain.
In another embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a modified integrin polypeptide on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability ofthe test compound to modulate (e.g., induce or inhibit) an integrin activity. For example, a cell expressing a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in an open conformation on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound, and the ability ofthe test compound to modulate adhesion to an integrin ligand is determined, as described and exemplified herein. In yet another embodiment, the ability of a test compound to modulate integrin ligand binding can also be determined, for example, by coupling a modified integrin I- domain polypeptide that is stabilized in an open conformation with a detectable label such that the binding ofthe modified integrin polypeptide can be determined by detecting the amount of labeled integrin I-domain binding to an immobilized integrin ligand.
Animal-based model systems, such as an animal model of inflammation, may be used, for example, as part of screening strategies designed to identify compounds which are modulators of integrin activity. Thus, the animal-based models may be used to identify drugs, pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions which may be effective in modulating inflammation and treating integrin-mediated disorders. For example, animal models may be exposed to a compound, suspected of exhibiting an ability to modulate integrin activity, and the response ofthe animals to the exposure may be monitored by assessing inflammatory activity before and after treatment. Transgenic animals, e.g., transgenic mice, which express modified integrin I-domain polypeptides as described herein can also be used to identify drugs, pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions which may be effective in modulating inflammation and treating integrin-mediated disorders
In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more ofthe assays described herein. For example, a modulator of integrin activity can be identified using a cell-based assay, and the ability ofthe agent to modulate integrin activity can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for inflammation. Moreover, screening assays can be used to identify inducers of integrin activity, for example, that mimic the activity of a integrin polypeptide, e.g., the binding of an integrin to a ligand or receptor, or the activity of an integrin towards an integrin responsive cell. Such compounds may include, but are not limited to, peptides, antibodies, or small organic or inorganic compounds. In one embodiment, an anti- integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody ofthe invention which selectively binds to an open, activated conformer can be used to assess the ability of a test compound to activate integrin.
The test compounds can be obtained using any ofthe numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K.S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145).
Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909; Erb et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994). J. Med. Chem. 37:2678; Cho et al. (1993) Science 261 :1303; Carrell et al. (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2059; Carell et al. (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2061; and in Gallop et al. (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:1233.
Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Biotechniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991) Nαtwre 354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993) Nαtwre 364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner USP 5,223,409), spores (Ladner USP '409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990) Science 249:386-390); (Devlin (1990) Science 249:404-406); (Cwirla et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:6378-6382); (Felici (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:301-310); (Ladner supra.). This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. With regard to intervention, any treatments which modulate integrin activity and/or inflammatory activity should be considered as candidates for human therapeutic intervention. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The nucleic acid molecules encoding modified integrin polypeptides, modified integrin polypeptides (e.g., modified I-domain polypeptides and fusion proteins), and active fragments thereof, anti-integrin I-domain antibodies, and integrin modulators (also referred to herein as "active compounds") DNA vaccines, or DNA vectors ofthe invention can be incoφorated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. As used herein, a "modulator" of integrin activity, e.g., inhibitors and inducers, includes a compound that modulates an integrin activity, e.g., an integrin- mediated signaling event, an integrin-mediated adhesion event, or integrin binding to a cognate ligand. Integrin modulators include modified integrin I-domain or I-like domain polypeptides ofthe invention, anti-integrin I-domain polypeptides, as well as compounds identified in a screening assay described herein. Such compositions typically comprise the compound, nucleic acid molecule, vector, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language
"pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absoφtion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incoφorated into the compositions.
A pharmaceutical composition ofthe invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, ophthalmic, and rectal administration, including direct installation into a disease site. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance ofthe required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention ofthe action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absoφtion ofthe injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absoφtion, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incoφorating the active compound (e.g., a soluble modified integrin I-domain fusion protein) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incoφorating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder ofthe active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the puφose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incoφorated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part ofthe composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Coφoration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms ofthe invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics ofthe active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
The administration ofthe active compounds ofthe invention may be for either a prophylactic or therapeutic puφose. Accordingly, in one embodiment, a "therapeutically effective dose" refers to that amount of an active compound sufficient to result in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. In one embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to result in modulation of an inflammatory and/or immune response. In another embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to result in the amelioration of symptoms of an inflammatory and/or immune system disorder. In another embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose refers to an amount of an active compound sufficient to prevent an inflammatory and/or immune system response. In yet another embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of an active compound sufficient to modulate an integrin activity (e.g., a signaling activity, an adhesion activity or a ligand binding actvity) as described herein. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% ofthe population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% ofthe population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of antibody, protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention. For example, ranges of span values using a combination of any ofthe above recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity ofthe disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age ofthe subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments. In a preferred example, a subject is treated with antibody, protein, or polypeptide in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. It will also be appreciated that the effective dosage of antibody, protein, or polypeptide used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result and become apparent from the results of diagnostic assays as described herein.
In another preferred example, a subject is treated with an initial dosing of a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to an I-domain of an integrin in the open or active conformation, or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain, followed by a subsequent intermittent dosing of a therapeutically effective amount ofthe antibody that is less than 100%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody wherein the antibody is administered not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks. In one embodiment, the subsequent dosing is less than about 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, or 1%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody. In one embodiment, the initial dosage is between 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. In a preferred embodiment, the initial dosage is less than 0.3 mg/kg body weight, e.g., between 0.001 to 0.30, e.g., 0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.175, 0.2, 0.225, 0.25, and 0.275. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention.
In yet another example, a subject is treated with an initial dosing of a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to an I-domain of an integrin in the open or active conformation, or an anti-integrin antibody, e.g., an anti- LFA-1 antibody, which reacts with or binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain, followed by a subsequent intermittent dosing of a therapeutically effective amount ofthe antibody that is greater than 100%, calculated on a daily basis, ofthe initial dosing ofthe antibody wherein the antibody is administered to the mammal not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks. In one embodiment, the initial dosage is between 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. In a preferred embodiment, the initial dosage is less than 0.3 mg/kg body weight, e.g., between 0.001 to 0.3, e.g., 0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.175, 0.2, 0.225, 0.25, and 0.275. Ranges intermediate to the above recited values, also are intended to be part of this invention. Dosages for anti-integrin antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 are described in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,622,700.
In still another example, an initial dosage is followed by the same dosage, for example, not more than once per week during the subsequent dosing. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is two or more times per week. In another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more time every two weeks. In still another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every three weeks. In yet another embodiment, the subsequence dosing is one or more times every four weeks.
Dosages for anti-integrin antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 are described in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,622,700.
In another embodiment, the an effective amount of an anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive agent to the mammal in combination with the antibody, either at the same time, or at different time points.
The present invention encompasses active agents which modulate an integrin activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics, amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1 ,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds. It is understood that appropriate doses of small molecule agents depends upon a number of factors within the ken ofthe ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian, or researcher. The dose(s) ofthe small molecule will vary, for example, depending upon the identity, size, and condition ofthe subject or sample being treated, further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered, if applicable, and the effect which the practitioner desires the small molecule to have upon the nucleic acid or polypeptide ofthe invention. Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts ofthe small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency ofthe small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. Such appropriate doses may be determined using the assays described herein. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid ofthe invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet ofthe subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated. In certain embodiments ofthe invention, a modulator of integrin activity is administered in combination with other agents (e.g., a small molecule), or in conjunction with another, complementary treatment regime. For example, in one embodiment, an inhibitor of integrin activity is used to treat an inflammatory or immune system disorder. Accordingly, the subject may be treated with an inhibitor of integrin activity, and further treated with an anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive agent.
Further, an antibody, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody, (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion. The conjugates ofthe invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, and the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a coagulation factor such as tissue factor; a protein such as vascular endothelial growth factor ("VEGF"), platelet derived growth factor, and tissue plasminogen activator: biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, cytokines and growth factors; or a toxin.
Techniques for conjugating such therapeutic moiety to antibodies are well known, see, e.g., Arnon et αl., "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et αl. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et αl., "Antibodies For Drug Delivery", in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson et αl. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thoφe, "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera et αl. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985); "Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin et αl. (eds.), pp. 303-16 (Academic Press 1985), and Thoφe et αl., "The Preparation And Cytotoxic Properties Of Antibody-Toxin Conjugates", Immunol. Rev., 62:119-58 (1982). Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
The nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention, e.g., a nucleic acid molecule encoding, for example, a high-affinity modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof, can be used as a gene-based therapy alone, or, can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy is the insertion of a functioning gene into the cells of a patient (i) to correct an inborn error of metabolism, or (ii) to provide a new function in a cell (Kulver, K. W., "Gene Therapy", 1994, p. xii, Mary Ann Liebert, Inc., Publishers, New York, N.Y.). Vectors, e.g., viral vectors, may be used to introduce and stably express a gene normally expressed in mammals, for example, in a location in the body where that gene is not naturally present. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Patent 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :3054-3057). The gene therapy vector can include, for example, DNA encoding an antigen of interest to induce an immune response in the subject in vivo. Therefore, the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., a high-affinity modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof, acts as an adjuvant to produce an increased antibody reaction to the antigen. The
* pharmaceutical preparation ofthe gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system. The nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention can also be used in DNA vaccine formulations for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of integrin-mediated disorders, e.g., inflammatory disorders. In one embodiment, the DNA vaccine formulation comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin polypeptide, e.g., a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or fragment thereof, coupled with an antigenic component, e.g., DNA encoding an antigenic component. As used herein, an antigenic component is a moiety that is capable of binding to a specific antibody with sufficiently high affinity to form a detectable antigen-antibody complex. In another embodiment, the DNA vaccine further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration. Methods of Treatment
The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of an integrin-mediated disorder or having an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder. "Treatment", as used herein, is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease or disorder, a symptom of disease or disorder or a predisposition toward a disease or disorder, with the puφose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving or affecting the disease or disorder, the symptoms of disease or disorder or the predisposition toward a disease or disorder. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, nucleic acid molecules, DNA vaccines, gene-based therapies, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, e.g., anti-LFA-1 antibodies, which react with or bind to modified I-domain polypeptides, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides. With regard to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. "Pharmacogenomics", as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient's genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient's "drug response phenotype", or "drug response genotype"). Thus, another aspect ofthe invention provides methods for tailoring an individual's prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention or modulators thereof according to that individual's drag response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.
1. Prophylactic Methods
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject a disease or condition associated with a integrin-mediated disorder by administering to the subject one or more integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention or modulators thereof. Subjects at risk for an integrin-mediated disorder can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic ofthe integrin-mediated disorders, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of integrin-mediated disorder, for example, appropriate integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention, or modulators thereof, can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.
2. Therapeutic Methods
Another aspect ofthe invention pertains to methods of modulating expression of integrin I-domain polypeptides or their activity for therapeutic puφoses (e.g., treating a subject at risk of an integrin-mediated disorder or having an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder) . Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method ofthe invention involves contacting a cell with one or more integrin I-domain polypeptides ofthe present invention, or one or more modulators thereof, e.g., an antibody which reacts of binds to an integrin I-domain in an open conformation or a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, e.g., an anti-LFA-1 antibody specific for an LFA-1 I-domain in an open conformation or a modified LFA-1 I-domain polypeptide. An agent that modulates integrin I-domain polypeptide activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a target molecule of an integrin I-domain polypeptide (e.g., a substrate), an antibody which reacts or binds to a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, an integrin I-domain polypeptide agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of an integrin I-domain polypeptide agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or more integrin I-domain polypeptide activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active integrin I-domain polypeptide protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding integrin I-domain polypeptide that has been introduced into the cell. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more integrin I-domain polypeptide activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense integrin I-domain polypeptide nucleic acid molecules, gene therapy vectors, DNA vaccines, anti-integrin I-domain polypeptide antibodies, and integrin I-domain polypeptide inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized associated with an integrin- mediated disorder. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., upregulates or downregulates) integrin I-domain polypeptide expression or activity.
3. Pharmacogenomics The integrin I-domain polypeptide molecules ofthe present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on integrin I-domain polypeptide activity (e.g., integrin I-domain polypeptide gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) an integrin-mediated disorder such as an inflammatory or immune disorder, and/or a cellular proliferative disorder. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study ofthe relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration ofthe pharmacologically active drag. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer an integrin I-domain polypeptide molecule (and/or a modulator thereof) as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with such molecule and/or modulator. Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996) Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 23(10-11): 983-985 and Linder, M.W. et al. (1997) Clin. Chem. 43(2):254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drags act on the body (altered drag action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymoφhisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate aminopeptidase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofiirans) and consumption of fava beans. One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drag response, known as "a genome-wide association", relies primarily on a high-resolution map ofthe human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a "bi-allelic" gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymoφhic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants). Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map ofthe genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drag trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten million known single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a "SNP" is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of
DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease- associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.
As an illustrative embodiment, the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action. The discovery of genetic polymoφhisms of drug metabolizing enzymes (e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and the cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19) has provided an explanation as to why some patients do not obtain the expected drug effects or show exaggerated drug response and serious toxicity after taking the standard and safe dose of a drug. These polymoφhisms are expressed in two phenotypes in the population, the extensive metabolizer (EM) and poor metabolizer (PM). The prevalence of PM is different among different populations. For example, the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymoφhic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its C YP2D6- formed metabolite moφhine. The other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
Alternatively, a method termed the "gene expression profiling" can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., an integrin I-domain polypeptide molecule or integrin I- domain polypeptide modulator) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.
Information generated from more than one ofthe above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with an integrin I- domain polypeptide molecule or modulator thereof, such as a modulator identified by one ofthe exemplary screening assays described herein.
This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application, as well as the figures and sequence listing are incoφorated herein by reference.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1 DESIGN OF LFA-1 AND Mac-1 MUTANTS THAT ARE
LOCKED IN OPEN OR CLOSED CONFORMATION
Current crystal and NMR structures ofthe LFA-1 I domain (Qu, A and Leahy,
DJ (1995) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281 ; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1996) Structure 4:931-942; Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9) have a conformation that is similar to the low affinity, closed conformer ofthe Mac-1 I domain (ljlm) (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Cell 80:631-638). Therefore, the high affinity, open conformer ofthe Mac-1 I domain (lido) (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340) was used to model a high affinity, open LFA-1 I domain. The template for this model consisted of segments ofthe lido structure in regions where the Cα backbone differed significantly from the Ijlm structure, and segments ofthe Ufa structure in regions where lido and Ijlm were similar.
Briefly, I domains with the following protein data bank (PDB) identifiers were structurally superimposed using Cα carbons, the CD MALIGN algorithm of MODELLER 4 (Sali, A and Blundell, TL (1993) J Mol Biol 234:779-815), and a gap extension penalty of 1 A: Mac-1, lido and Ijlm (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333- 1340; Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Cell 80:631-638); LFA-1, 1 lfa molecules A and B (Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1995) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281), lzon and lzop (Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1996) Structure 4:931-942); and VLA-2, laox (Emsley, J et al. (1997) J Biol Chem 272:28512-28517). The algorithm found 121 framework residues that were utilized for supeφosition. A sequence alignment was then done. The lido and Ijlm structures were aligned by their sequence, and 1 lfa molecule A and 1 zon were aligned by structural similarity to Ijlm. Using the structural supeφosition, and the sequence alignment, the distances between all Cα carbons at equivalent sequence positions were calculated using a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. This was analogous to the comparison between Ijlm and lido (Lee, J-O et al. (1995) Structure 3:1333-1340), except that LFA- I I domain structures were included. For use as templates for the high affinity, open LFA-1 I domain model, segments from Ufa molecule A were chosen where differences between all four I domains were small, or differences between Ufa and Ijlm (low affinity, closed LFA-1 and Mac-1 I domains) were greater than between lido and Ijlm (open and closed Mac-1 I domains). Segments from lido were chosen when differences between lido and Ijlm were greater than between Ufa and Ijlm. These segments were spliced together in regions where the backbones were as similar as possible. Thus, the template utilized segments G128 to F136, M154 to L203, F209 to L234, T243 to 1255, and E272 to A282 of Ufa; and segments D140 to F156, G207 to T211, V238 to K245, R266 to R281 , and R293 to K315 of 1 ido. No chain breaks were detected by LOOK™ (Molecular Application Group, Palo Alto, CA) in the spliced template, dubbed lfa-mac. Models of a high affinity open form of LFA-1 were made with MODELLER 4™ using this template, the Mg2+ and water molecules 403 and 404 of 1 ido, with heteroatom, water, and hydrogen input turned on, and dynamic Coloumb turned on. The resulting model (lfa hi.063) followed the template Cα coordinates closely (RMS = 0.12A). The QUACHK score (Vriend, G (1990) J Mol Graph 8:52-56) is excellent (-0.135 compared to -0.215 for the lfa-mac template, -0.08 for lido, and 0.0 for Ufa). The SSBOND program (Hazes, B and Dijkstra, BW (1988) Protein Engineering
2: 119-125) was used to identify positions where disulfide bonds could be introduced by mutating two appropriately positioned pairs of residues to cysteine. It was hypothesized that it might be possible to use disulfide bonds to trap the LFA-1 I domain in either the open or closed conformations. The high affinity open LFA-1 I domain model (the lfa hi.063 model) was examined and two low affinity closed LFA-1 I domain structures, Ufa and lzon, with SSBOND and found 14 to 19 pairs of such residues in each structure. Out of these, one pair of residues in the high affinity open model, and one pair of residues in the low affinity closed structures, underwent large movements between the two conformers, such that disulfide bond formation could only occur in one conformer (Figure 1). These disulfides bridge β-strand 6 to the C-terminal α-helix, α6. The numbering of β-strands and α-helices differs among I domains; we use a uniform nomenclature (Huang, C et al. (2000) J Biol Chem, 275:21514-24). Helix α6 moves 10 A along its axis down the body of the I domain in the high affinity open structure, and this movement is accompanied by a complete remodeling and downward shift ofthe loop between β6 and α6.
Cysteines introduced in place of K287 and K294 were predicted to form a disulfide only in the high affinity open conformer, and thus lock the I domain in the high affinity open state (Figure 2). The Cβ carbons of K287 and K294 are predicted to be 3.8 A apart in the high affinity open model (lfa_hi.063), within the range of 3.41 to 4.25A that is ideal for disulfide formation, and after checking for Cβ-Sγ and Sγ-Sγ distances, were found to have four favorable sidechain-disulfide conformations. By contrast, in the low affinity closed conformers Ufa and lzon, the Cβ atoms of these residues are 8.9 to 9.2 A apart (Figure 2).
Cysteines introduced in place of L289 and K294 were predicted to form a disulfide only in the low affinity closed conformer (Figure 2), and thus lock the I domain in the low affinity closed state. The Cβ carbons of L289 and K294 are 3.9 to 4.0 A apart in the low affinity closed Ufa and lzon conformers, within the favorable range, although favorable cysteine sidechain conformations were not found. Nonetheless, the α-helix in which residue 294 is present shows small displacements between Ufa, lzon, and the recent NMR structure (Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1995) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:10277-10281; Qu, A and Leahy, DJ (1996) Structure 4:931-942; Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9), and it was expected that a disulfide could form with minor adjustment ofthe α-helix. By contrast, in the high affinity open model, the Cβ atoms of these residues are predicted to be 8.0 A apart (Figure 2).
Models were also built in which the predicted cysteines were present and disulfide bonds were formed if appropriate using the PATCH DISULFIDE routine of MODELLER 4 (Figure 2); however, it should be noted that all Cβ atom distances reported here are based on models or structures without introduced disulfides.
In addition to the computational search for pairs of cysteine substitutions to form conformation-specific disulfide bridge, the structure-oriented manual approach (or visual inspection) was also used. Regions of I domains that differ in conformation between the open and closed conformations were inspected for positions in which pairs of cysteines could be introduced that would form disulfides that would favor one conformation over the other. Thus, the region ofthe conformationally mobile C-terminal α-helix and the preceding loop were examined for positions in which one cysteine could be introduced, and structurally adjacent regions were searched for positions where a second cysteine could be introduced that would form a disulfide bond. Pairs of residues whose side-chains face towards one another were chosen. The distance between the Cα and Cβ atoms of each of these pairs was measured by software Look™ both in the open and closed conformation. The ideal separation for cysteine Cβ carbons for formation of a disulfide bond is reported to be 3.41 to 4.25 A. However, the crystal structures or models from which these were measured represent average positions of snapshots, whereas proteins are dynamic and exhibit atomic mobility. Furthermore, structural adjustments are possible to accommodate disulfide bonds. Much more adjustment is expected to be possible in loops and a-helices than in β-sheets. Therefore greater distances were predicted to be allowable for disulfide formation when one ofthe residues was in a loop or helix. For αL, 4 pairs of cysteine substitutions were found where the Cα-Cα and Cβ-
Cβ distances were more favorable for disulfide formation in the open conformation than in the closed conformation; E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C (Table 1).
For αM, 4 pairs of cysteine substitutions were found where the Cα-Cα and Cβ- Cβ distances were more favorable for disulfide formation in the open conformation than in the closed conformation: Q163C/Q309C, Q298C/N301C, D294C/T307C, and D294C/Q311 c (Table 7), and one pair of cysteine substitutions where the Cα-Cα and Cβ-Cβ distances were more favorable for disulfide formation in the closed conformation than in the open conformation: Q163C/R313C. Additionally, F297C/A304C, which is an analogous mutation to K287C/K294C in αL, was included.
EXAMPLE 2 CONSTRUCTION AND EXPRESSION OF LFA-1 CYSTEINE SUBSTITUTION MUTANTS
Five open αL I-domain mutants were generated. To generate the high affinity open mutant K287C/K294C, the K287 and K294 in the I-domain ofthe αL subunit were replaced by cysteines. To generate the high affinity open mutant E284C/E301C, the E284 and E301 in the I-domain ofthe αL subunit were replaced by cysteines. In addition, three intermediate-affinity open αL I-domain mutants were made, and are identified herein as follows: L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C. L161C/F299C was made by substituting cysteines for the L161 and F299. KI 60C/F299C was made by substituting cysteines for the KI 60 and F299.
L161C/T300C was made by substituting cysteines for the L161 and T300. The low affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C was made by substituting cysteines for the L289 and K294. The distance between mutated residues for these six mutant is shown in Table 1 , below. Also, single cysteine substitution mutants K287C, L289C and K294C were generated. Table 1. Cα and Cβ between mutated residues in either open or closed confirmation open closed conformation conformation αL I-domain Cα Cβ Cα Cβ
(A) (A) (A) (A)
Locked open
K287C/K294C 6.32 3.75 10.72 9.08
E284C/E301C 9.12 6.96 12.88 12.52
L161C/F299C 9.16 8.09 11.87 11.38
K160C/F299C 9.97 7.75 9.83 7.96
L161C/T300C 12.30 13.00 13.50 14.87
Locked closed
L289C/K294C 7.90 7.96 6.19 3.86
The distance between wild-type residues was measured by Look™ software in open conformation (lfa_hi.063) or closed conformation (l lfaA).
The human αL cDNA was contained in vector AprM8, a derivative of CDM8 (Seed, B and Aruffo, A (1987) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84:3365-3369). Overlap extension PCR was used to generate cysteine substitution mutations in the αL I-domain (Ho, SN et al. (1989) Gene 77:51-59; Horton, RM et al. (1990) BioTechniques 8:528). The outer left primer for PCR extension was complementary to the vector sequence at 5' to the EcoRI site at position 1826, and the outer right primer was 3 ' to the EcoRI site in the αL cDNA. The inner primers were designed for each individual mutation and contained overlapping sequences. Wild-type αL CDNA in AprM8 was used as template for the first PCR reaction. The second PCR product was digested with EcoRI and ligated into the same site in the wild-type αL cDNA in AprM8. The correct orientation ofthe insert was confirmed by restriction enzyme digestion. All mutations were confirmed by DNA sequencing.
For stable expression, the Xbal fragment of αL wild-type and mutant cDNA was subcloned into the same site ofthe stable expression vector pEFpuro (Lu, C and Springer, TA. (1997) J Immunol 159:268-278). The mutated αL subunit was transiently coexpressed with the β2 subunit in 293T cells, and cell surface expression ofthe αL/β2 complex was determined by flow cytometry with monoclonal antibody TS2/4 to the αL subunit in the αL/β2 complex.
Briefly, human embryonic kidney 293T cells (SV40 transformed) were cultured in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 2 mM glutamine and 50 μg/ml gentamycin. 293T cells were transiently transfected using the calcium phosphate method (DuBridge, RB et al. (1987) Mol Cell Biol 7:379-387; Heinzel, SS et al. (1988; J Virol 62:3738-3746). Briefly, 7.5 μg of wild-type or mutant αL cDNA in plasmid AprM8 and 7.5 μg of β2 cDNA in AprM8 were used to co-transfect one 6-cm plate of 70-80% confluent cells. Two days after transfection, cells were detached from the plate with Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS) containing 5 mM EDTA for LFA-1 expression and functional analyses.
Flow cytometric analysis was performed as previously described (Lu, C and Springer, TA (1997; J Immunol 159:268-278). Briefly, cells were washed and resuspended in L15 medium (Sigma) supplemented with 2.5% FBS (L15/FBS). 1x10 x 105 cells were incubated with primary antibodies in 100 μl L15/FBS on ice for 30 min. Monoclonal antibodies were used at final concentration of 1 :20 hybridoma supernatant, 1 :200 ascites, or 10 μg/ml purified IgG. Cells were then washed twice with L15/FBS, and incubated with FITC-conjugated goat anti -mouse IgG (heavy and light chain, Zymed Laboratories, San Francisco, CA) for 30 min on ice. After washing, cells were resuspended in cold PBS and analyzed on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, CA).
As shown in Figure 3 A, the predicted high and low affinity mutants, and the single cysteine substitution mutants expressed similar levels of cell surface αL/β2 complex.
To test whether introducing the cysteines affected the overall conformation of the I-domain, a panel of monoclonal antibodies to different regions in the I-domain were tested for their reactivity with the I-domain mutants. The monoclonal antibodies used in these studies are as follows: The mouse anti-human αL (CDl la) monoclonal antibodies TS1/1 1, TS1/12,
TS1/22, TS2/4, TS2/6 and TS2/14; anti-β2 (CD18) monoclonal antibodies TS1/18, CBRLFA-1/2, and CBRLFA-1/7; mAb YFC51; and the nonbinding mAb X63 have been described previously (Sanchez-Madrid, F et al. (1982) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 79:7489-7493; Hale, LP et al. (1989) Arthritis Rheum 32:22-30; Petruzzelli, L et al. (\995) J Immunol 155:854-866). Monoclonal antibodies BL5, F8.8, 25-3-1, May.035, CBRLFA-1/9, CBRLFA-1/1, S6F, and May.017 were described in Leukocyte Type V and were obtained from the Fifth International Leukocyte Workshops. Monoclonal antibodies X63 and TS1/11 were used as hybridoma supematants at a 1 :20 dilution; monoclonal antibodies TS1/12, DBRLFA-1/2, CBRLFA-1/7 and YFC51 were used as purified IgG at lOμg/ml; monoclonal antibodies TS1/2, TS2/14, TS1/18 and TS2/4 used as ascites at a 1 :200 dilution; and all monoclonal antibodies from the Fifth International Leukocyte Workshops were used at a 1 :200 dilution. All ofthe antibodies, except for CBRLFA-1/1 , bound to the mutants K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C and wild-type LFA-1 equally well (Table 2), indicating that the cysteine substitutions did not disrupt the I-domain structure. Binding of monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/1 to the high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C was reduced to 40-50% of wild-type, however, this antibody reacted with mutant L289C/K294C and the single cysteine substitution mutants K287C, L289C and K294C as well as wild-type. Since antibody CBRLFA-1/1 maps to residues 301-359 (Huang, C and Springer, TA (1995; J Biol Chem 270:19008-19016), and single Cys substitution for K287 and K294 did not affect binding of this antibody, it is likely that reduced binding of CBRLFA-1/1 to mutant K287C/K294C was an indirect effect. Therefore, the conformation at the interface between the I- and β-propeller domains in mutant K287C/K294C may be different from that in wild-type LFA-1.
The reactivity of antibody to the β-propeller domain of αL and to the β2 subunit with mutants K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C was similar to that of wild-type LFA-1, confirming that the structure of other domains of LFA-1 molecule was not affected by the mutations.
( BJN-υυZ FFCJ
Table 2. Reactivity of antibodies with LFA-1 cysteine su ibstitution mutants (% wild-type binding)
K287C/K294C L298C/ 294C K287C L289C K294C
Mab epitope 293T K562 293T K562 293T 293T 293T
I-domain
BL5 1 19-153, 185-215 92.4+1 1.29 92.39 85.79+16.4 97.61 93.35 92.44 88.31
F8.8 1 19-153, 185-215 93.70 102.15 83.56 93.88 95.86 99.63 95.47
CBRLFA-1/9 1 19-153, 185-215 ND 84.7 ND ND ND ND ND
TS2/6 154-183 84.88±5.64 89.24 78.59±2.62 95.89 91.39 88.24 91.67
May.035 185-215 92.61±8.4 92.59 82.14+14.15 101.10 95.8 95.4 106.39
TS1/1 1 185-215 94.36 95.96 93.67 104.54 ND ND ND
TS 1/12 185-215 88.66 87.32 101.98 105.63 99.32 103.89 93.68
TS1/22 185-302 95.85±12.04 93.06 90.96±8.1 1 1 10.49 102.99 96.21 92.24
TS2/14 250-303 85.54+9.38 95.41 83.31±10.59 102.85 102.6 100.4 102.83
25-3-1 250-303 93.06 88.48 90.93 85.66 ND ND ND
CBRLFA-1/1 I- and β-propeller 43.59±0.58 55.53 95.89±7.74 1 18.44 86.1 1 93.32 89.41
S6F1 β-propeller 89.39 97.38 95.32 85.69 98.3 86.39 92.34 β2 subunit
TS1/18 I-like domain 99.82+10.47 97.42 95.72±4.67 105.71 87.88 87.35 107.58
YFC51 I-like domain 102.63 100.73 95.09 1 10.96 ND ND ND
CLBLFA-1/1 I-like domain ND 96.48 ND 100.50 ND ND ND
CBRLFA-1/7 C-terminal region 95.32 95.25 91.68 97.19 ND ND ND
Wild-type LFA-1 and LFA-1 mutant 287C/K294C, L289C/ 294C, K287C, L289C, and K.294C were transiently expressed on the surface of 293T cells or stably expressed on K562 transfectants. Reactivity of antibodies with the transfectants was determined by flow cytometry. Mean fluorescence of each antibody binding was normalized to the mean fluorescence of mAb TS2/4 binding, except for CBRLFA-1/9 that was normalized to mAb TS1/22 binding. TS2/4 bound to wild-type LFA-1 and the mutants equally well. The results are expressed as percent of wild-type binding. Data are mean ±SD of at least two independent FCAS experiments. For some antibodies, only one experiment was done. ND: not determined.
EXAMPLE 3 LIGAND BINDING ACTIVITY OF LFA-1 CYSTEINE
SUBSTITUTION MUTANTS
The ability ofthe LFA-1 cysteine substitution mutants to bind to the LFA-1 ligand ICAM-1 was determined. 293T cell transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1 and the predicted high-affinity open I-domain mutant K287C/K294C showed constitutively strong binding to immobilized ICAM-1 (Figure 4A). By contrast, the low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C did not bind to ICAM-1. Whereas the single cysteine substitution mutants K287C and L289C exhibited reduced binding to ICAM-1, binding of mutant K294C was comparable to that ofthe wild-type. Binding of mutants K287C and L289C was increased by the activating monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2 to a level similar to wild-type binding. However, CBRLFA-1/2 was not able to activate binding ofthe low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C to ICAM-1 (Figure 4A). Similar results were obtained with two other LFA-1 activating monoclonal antibodies Kim 127 and Kim 185. To further study the function ofthe predicted high affinity mutant K287C/K294C and low affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C, stable K562 transfectants that express these mutants were generated.
Briefly, the human erythroleukemia cell line K562 was cultured in RPMI 1640, 10% FBS and 50μg/ml gentamycin. For generating stable K562 cell lines, 2 μg of Pvul-linearized pEFpuro containing αL subunit cDNA was cotransfected with 40 μg of Sfil-linearized AprM8 containing the β2 subunit cDNA by electroporation at 250V and 960 μF. Transfectants were selected for resistance to 4 μg/ml puromycin (Sigma), and subcloned by limiting dilution. All stable cell lines were maintained in RPMI 1640, 10% FBS supplemented with 4 μg/ml puromycin.
Clones ofthe transfectants that expressed similar levels of cell surface LFA-1, as determined by flow cytometry using monoclonal antibody TS2/4 (Figure 3B), were tested for their ability to bind to immobilized ICAM-1, as previously described (Lu, C and Springer, TA (\997) J Immunol 159:268-278).
Briefly, ICAM-1 was purified from human tonsil, and coated to 96-well plates as described previously (Lu, C and Springer, TA (1997) J Immunol 159:268-278). Cells were labeled with a florescence dye 2',7'-bis-(carboxyethyl)-5(and-6)-carboxyfluorescein, acetoxymethyl ester (BCECF-AM), and resuspended to 1 x 106/ml in L15/FBS. 50 μl cell suspension was mixed in ICAM-1 coated wells with an equal volume of L15/FBS in the absence or presence of monoclonal antibody (CBRLFA-1/2, 10 μg/ml). Monoclonal antibodies were used at final concentration of 1 :20 hybridoma supernatant, 1 :200 ascites, or 10 μg/ml purified IgG. For testing the effect of divalent cations, BCECF-AM- labeled cells were washed 2 x with TS buffer, pH7.5 (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl) containing 5 mM EDTA, followed by 2 washes with TS buffer, pH7.5. Cells were then resuspended to 5 x 105/ml in the TS buffer, pH7.5 supplemented with 1 mM MgCl2/CaCl2, MgCl2, MnCl2 or 5 mM EDTA, and 100 μl cell suspension was added to ICAM-1 coated wells. After incubation at 37°C for 30 minutes, unbound cells were washed off on a Microplate Autowasher (Bio-Tek Instruments, Winooski, VT). The fluorescence content of total input cells and the bound cells in each well was quantitated on a Fluorescent Concentration Analyzer (IDEXX, Westbrook, ME). The bound cells were expressed as a percentage of total input cells per sample well.
K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1 showed low basal binding to ICAM- 1, and binding was greatly increased by the activating monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2 (Figure 4B). By contrast, cells expressing the predicted high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C strongly bound to ICAM-1, and monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2 did not further enhance binding of this mutant, whereas the predicted low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C did not binding to ICAM-1 even in the presence ofthe activating antibody.
The effect of divalent cations on binding of K562 transfectants to ICAM-1 was also examined. As shown in Figure 4C, binding of mutant K287C/K294C to ICAM-1 was abolished in the presence of EDTA, confirming that ligand binding of mutant K287C/K294C is divalent cation dependent. Whereas binding of wild-type LFA-1 was greatly enhanced by Mn , and to a lesser degree by Mg , the presence of Mn and Mg did not increase binding ofthe low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C to ligand.
The binding of soluble ICAM-1 to K562 transfectants that expressed wild-type LFA- 1, mutant K287C/K294C, or mutant L289C/K294C was also assessed. Briefly, a soluble ICAM-1 -IgA chimera containing the 5 Ig domains of human ICAM-1 was purified from the culture supernatant of stable CHO transfectants by monoclonal antibody R6.5 affinity chromatography as previously described (Martin, S et al. (1993) J Virol 67:3561-3568). K562 transfectants were washed once with L15/FBS, and resuspended in the same buffer to 1 x 107/ml. 25 μl cell suspension was mixed with 25 μl L15/FBS containing ICAM-1-IgA fusion protein at final concentration 100 μg/ml in the presence or absence of antibody CBRLFA-1/2 (10 μg/ml), and incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes. After incubation, cells were washed once in L15/FBS, and incubated with FITC-conjugated anti-human IgA (Sigma) at room temperature for 20 minutes. After 2 washes, cells were resuspended in PBS, and analyzed on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson, San Joe, CA).
As shown in Figure 5, the soluble ICAM-1 -IgA fusion protein bound to cells expressing the high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C, and binding was further increased in the presence ofthe activating monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2. However, the ICAM-1 fusion protein did not bind to the transfectants that expressed wild-type LFA-1 or the low affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C in the absence or presence of monoclonal antibody CBRLFA-1/2, and binding was not detected at a higher ICAM-1 fusion protein concentration (300 μg/ml).
Taken together these data indicate that the high affinity open mutant K287C/K294C is constitutively active, whereas the low-affinity closed mutant L289C/K294C appears to be locked in an inactive state and lacks ligand binding ability.
In another study, a panel of monoclonal antibodies to different domains ofthe αL and β2 subunits were tested for their inhibitory effect on ligand binding of wild-type LFA-1 and mutant K287C/K294C. The results obtained with the 293T transient transfectants and K562 stable transfectants were similar, and summarized in Table 3. Although all antibodies, except for CBRLFA-1/1, reacted with the high affinity open mutant K287C/K294C as well as wild- type (Table 2), they showed differential inhibition on ligand binding of wild-type LFA-1 and mutant K287C/K294C.
As shown in Table 3, the I-domain antibodies differentially inhibited binding of wild- type LFA-1 and the high affinity open mutant K287C/K294C to ICAM-1. Monoclonal antibodies BL5, F8.8, CBRLFA-1/9, May.035, TS1/22 and TS2/6 strongly inhibited binding of both wild-type and mutant K287C/K294C, and the levels of inhibition to wild-type LFA-1 and the mutant were similar. While monoclonal antibodies TS1/11 and TS1/12 inhibited >90% binding of transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1, these antibodies showed reduced inhibition on binding of mutant K287C/K294C (40-60%). Monoclonal antibodies TS2/14, 25-3-1 and CBRLFA-1/1 that showed >90% inhibition on binding of wild-type had no to little inhibition on mutant K287C/K294C binding to ICAM-1. While the β-propeller domain antibody S6F1 and TS2/4 and antibody CBRLFA-1/7 to the C-terminal region ofthe β2 subunit did not inhibit binding of both wild-type and mutant K287C/K294C, all five antibodies to the β2 conserved domain, TS1/18, YFC51, CLBLFA-1/1, May.017, and 6.5E, inhibited binding of wild-type LFA-1 (>90% inhibition), but did not inhibit binding of mutant K287C/K294C. Antibodies to the β-propeller domain and to the C-terminal region of β2 did not inhibit binding of wild-type LFA-1, or mutant K287C/K294C. Antibodies to the I-like domain ofthe β subunit blocked binding of wild-type LFA-1 to ICAM-1, but did not block mutant K287C/K294C.
Table 3. Differential inhibition of antibodies on binding of wild-type LFA-1 and mutant K287C/K294C to immobilized ICAM-1
% inhibition wild- ■type LFA-1 287C/K294C
Mab epitope 293T K562 293T K562 (+CBRLFA-1/2)
RR1/1 I-CAM-1 95.98 ND 97.89 ND I-domain
BL5 119-153, 185-215 97.01+1.63 97.54 91.06+3.8 90.6816.23
F8.8 119-153, 185-215 94.51 97.61 91.94 98.18
CBRLFA-1/9 1 19-153, 185-215 ND 97.83 ND 3.60
TS2/6 154-183 96.84±1.73 91.76±4.67 79.09+10.06 88.1217.40
May.035 185-215 96.20±0.57 95.80±1.66 97.43±1.52 93.3312.54
TS1/1 1 185-215 94.12 96.55 45.18 41.30
TS1/12 185-215 95.68±3.92 97.46+0.66 48.96+9.52 63.6718.13
TS1/22 250-303 95.77 96.94+0.79 95.07 93.5614.79
TS2/14 250-303 94.47±2.34 96.24+1.70 2.95±9.87 8.5510.66
25-3-1 250-303 90.49 92.01±0.36 3.71 2.53+4.10
CBRLFA-1/1 I- and β-propeller 92.52±1.68 94.6915.22 9.03 2.8514.90
S6F1 β-propeller ND 6.19 ND 9.70
TS2/4 β-propeller ND 6.99 ND 2.82 β2 subunit
TS1/18 I-like domain ND 98.48 ND 5.90
YFC51 I-like domain ND 98.43 ND 0.08
CLBLFA-1/1 I-like domain ND 94.63 ND 6.69
May.017 I-like domain ND 97.76 ND 2.98
6.5E I-like domain ND 98.36 ND 5.79
CBRLFA-1/7 C-terminal region ND 5.04 ND 5.77
Wild-type LFA-1 and LFA-1 mutant K287C/K294C were transiently expressed on the surface of 293T cells or stably expressed in K562 transfectants. Binding ofthe transfectants to immobilized ICAM-1 was determined in the presence ofthe indicated antibodies. For binding of K562 transfectants that express wild-type LFA-1, the cells were preincubated with the activating mAb CBRLFA-1/2 at 10 μg/ml for 30 min. Data shown are % inhibition 1 SD of at least two independent experiments. % inhibition is defined as % bound cells in the presence ofthe indicated mAb/% bound cells in the presence ofthe nonbinding mAb X63 x 100. For some antibodies, only one experiment was done. However, in each experiment, each antibody was repeated in triplicate, and the standard deviation ofthe triplicate samples was <5%. ND: not determined. Taken together, these results suggest that a subset of I-domain antibodies and antibodies to the β2 conserved domain do not directly block LFA-1 binding to ICAM-1, and that the high-affinity open mutant K287C/K294C appears to be conformationally locked in a high affinity open state, and thus, antibodies that block ligand binding via indirect mechanisms could not block binding of mutant K287C/K294C to ICAM-1. The high affinity open I-domains ofthe invention can be used to discriminate between direct competitive and indirect/non-competitive modes of inhibition of LFA-1. For example, the LFA-1 inhibitor lovastatin binds to the I-domain in a hydrophobic pocket formed by the β sheet and the C-terminal α-helix (Kallen, J et al. (1999) J Mol Biol 292:1-9) and thus inhibits LFA-1 by an indirect mechanism. Accordingly, the ability of lovastatin to inhibit ligand binding ofthe high-affinity I-domain (K287C/K294C) was assessed. Lovastatin dissolved in DMSO at 50 mM was diluted in assay buffer. Cells (106/ml) labeled with BCECF-AM were preincubated with lovastatin (0-50μM) at 37°C for 15 minutes, then transferred to a 96 well plate coated with ICAM- 1 and further incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes in the presence or absence of activating monoclonal antibody (CBR LFA 1/2) or MnCl2. LI 5 medium supplemented with fetal bovine serum (LI 5/FBS) which contains Ca2+ and Mg2+ was used for wild-type αLβ2 activated by antibody CBR LFA 1 2. and 20 mM HEPES pH7.4, 140 mM NaCl, lmM MnC12, 2 mg/ml glucose, 1% BSA was used for activation by Mn2+. As shown in Figure 6, lovastatin inhibits ICAM-1 binding by cells expressing wild-type LFA-1 and stimulated with Mn2+ or antibody (CBRLFA1/2), but does not interfere with ligand binding by the high affinity open K287C/K294C mutant (HA/aLb2).
EXAMPLE 4 EXPRESSION AND FUNCTION OF ISOLATED WILD-
TYPE AND MUTANT LFA-1 I-DOMAINS
To further examine the function ofthe predicted high and low affinity mutants, the wild-type I-domain and the I-domains of mutant K287C/K294C and L289C/K294C from residues VI 30 to A338 were expressed on the surface of K562 cells by the transmembrane domain ofthe PDGF receptor.
To construct the isolated, cell-surface expressed I domains, DNA sequences that encode the signal peptide and the following 6 amino acids from the 5' end of repeat II of αL were ligated to the sequences encoding residues V130-A338 that contains the I domain. Hindlll and Sail sites were introduced immediately adjacent to the 5' and 3' ends of this fragment, respectively. The Hindlll-Sall fragment was subcloned in frame at the 5' to the c-myc tag and the PDGF receptor (PDGFR) transmembrane domain in vector pDisplay (Invitrogen), and further subcloned into pcDNA3.1/Hygro using Hindlll and Notl. All DNA amplification was carried out with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), and the final constructs were verified by DNA sequencing.
For generating stable K562 transfectants that express the I-domain on the surface, 20 μg of Sspl-linearized pcDNA3.1/Hygro(+) containing the sequences encoding the I domain and the PDGFR transmembrane domain was used to transfect K562 cells by electroporation as described above. Transfectants were selected for resistance to 100 μg/ml hygromycin B, and were further subcloned by cell sorting and limiting dilution; clones that expressed similar levels of surface wild-type and mutant I domain-PDGFR were selected for functional studies. Stable cell lines were maintained in RPMI medium 1640 supplemented with 10% FBS and 100 μg/ml hygromycin B. Cell surface expression ofthe isolated I-domains was determined by flow cytometry using antibody TS1/22 to the I-domain (Figure 7). Two clones from each transfectant were selected and tested for binding to immobilized ICAM-1, and similar results were obtained with each ofthe two clones (Figure 8 A). Transfectants that expressed intact wild-type LFA-1 showed low basal binding to ICAM-1. However, cells that expressed the isolated wild-type I-domain and the mutant L289C/K294C I-domain did not bind to ICAM-1. This suggests that the isolated wild-type I-domain alone is not sufficient to mediate strong and stable interaction with ligand (Knorr, R and Dustin, ML (1997; J Exp Med 186:719-730). By contrast, cells that expressed the mutant K287C/K294C I- domain showed strong binding to ICAM-1.
If the constitutive ligand binding activity of mutant K287C/K294C is due to the formation of a disulfide bond between the introduced C287 and C294, disruption ofthe disulfide bond with a reducing agent would abolish ligand binding ability ofthe mutant. Accordingly, the transfectants were treated with the reducing agent DTT (10 mM) in L15/FBS containing Mg2+ and Ca2+, and the ability of transfectants to bind to ICAM-1 was assessed. As shown in Figure 8 A, binding ofthe cell surface-expressed mutant K287C/K294C I-domain to ICAM-1 who abolished after DTT treatment. By contrast, DTT increased binding of intact wild-type LFA-1, and similar results were observed with intact αllbβ3 integrin. DTT treatment presumably disrupts disulfide bonds in the intact molecule that constrain the integrin in an inactive conformation. However, DTT treatment did not affect binding ofthe isolated wild-type I-domain or the mutant L289C/K294C I-domain. Since there is no other no disulfide bond in the LFA-1 I- domain as the I-domain structure reveals, these data strongly suggest that the introduced Cys287 and Cys294 formed a disulfide bridge that constrains the I-domain in a high affinity state.
Furthermore, the effect of divalent cations on ligand binding ofthe isolated I- domains expressed on the surface of K562 transfectants was tested. The binding reactions were performed in HEPES/NaCl/glucose (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 140 mM NaCl, 2 mg/ml glucose) supplemented with 1 mM Mn2+, 1 mM Mg2+, or 1 mM EDTA. As shown in Figure 8B, the binding ofthe K287C/K294C I-domain to ICAM-1 was divalent cation dependent, as EDTA treatment abolished the binding. In contrast to intact wild-type LFA-1, Mn2+ or Mg2+ did not activate ligand binding ofthe isolated wild-type I-domain or the mutant L289C/K294C I-domain.
The effect ofthe I-domain antibodies on ligand binding ofthe isolated K287C/K294C I-domain was also examined. Transfectants expressing intact LFA-1 were pre-incubated with the activating antibody CBRLFA-1/2, and binding ofthe cells to ICAM-1 was performed in the presence ofthe I-domain antibodies TS1/22, TS2/6, TS1/11, TS1/12, CBRLFA-1/9, CBRLFA-1/1 , 25.3.1, TS2/14, or the nonbinding antibody X63, as indicated. Monoclonal antibodies TS1/22, TS2/6, TS1/11, TS1/12 and CBRLFA-1/9 inhibited binding ofthe isolated K287C/K294C I-domain to ICAM-1, whereas antibodies 25-3-1, TS214 and CBRLFA-1/1 did not (Figure 8C). All antibodies, except for CBRLFA-1/1, bound to the mutant K287C/K294C I-domain as well as the wild-type I-domain as determined by flow cytometry. The binding of CBRLFA-1/1 to the mutant I-domain was reduced to 80% ofthe wild-type I-domain. These results are consistent with those obtained with the intact LFA-1 K287C/K294C mutant (Tables 2 and 3), and indicate that the isolated K287C/K294C I-domain remains structural integrity as in the intact molecule.
EXAMPLE 5 INHIBITION OF LFA-1 FUNCTION IN VITRO AND IN
VIVO BY SOLUBLE I-DOMAIN MUTANTS
A soluble αL I-domain mutant stabilized in the open conformation by a disulfide bond (K287C/K294C) was made in E. coli.
Briefly, recombinant mutant αL I-domain stabilized in the open conformation (K287C/K294C), or recombinant wild-type αL I-domain from amino acid residue G128 to Y307, were cloned into pETl lb (Novagen) and expressed in E. coli induced with 1 mM IPTG for 4 hours. The recombinant proteins were purified from inclusion bodies by solubilization of inclusion bodies in 6M guanidine HC1 and were refolded by dilution in the presence of 0.1 mM Cu2+/phenanthrolin to enhance formation of disulfide bonds. Protein was concentrated by ammonium sulfate precipitation, dialyzed, and purified over a monoQ ion-exchange column. To remove any material in which the disulfide bond did not form, free sulfhydryls were reacted with activated biotin and passed over a streptavidin column. The recombinant proteins were then purified by gel filtration and concentrated by Centriprep. For BIAcore™ analysis, recombinant ICAM-1, ICAM-2 and ICAM-3 Fc chimeras were immobilized on the BIAcore™ sensor chip by an amine- coupling method. Recombinant αL I-domains were flowed in, and BIAcore™ assays were performed with Tris-buffered saline supplemented with 1 mM MgCl or 2 mM EDTA, at a flow rate of 10 μl/minute at 25°C.
The purified open I-domain showed high affinity to its ligands, ICAM-1, -2, and -3, in the presence of 1 mM MgCl as assessed by BIAcore™ analysis, whereas binding of a soluble wild-type I domain was not detectable (Figure 9, Panels A, C and E; Table 4). The interaction ofthe open I-domain with ligands was divalent cation-dependent, and was abolished in the presence of 2 mM EDTA, suggesting that the interaction depends on MIDAS. Since the wild-type I-domain showed no interaction with ligands, the open I-domain allowed for the detailed analysis ofthe binding kinetics of LFA-1 with its ligands. To analyze binding kinetics, different concentrations of open I-domain were tested for ligand binding (Figure 9, Panels B, D and F). Kinetic analysis demonstrated a fast association rate (1.28 x 105 M"'s"') and an intermediate dissociation rate (0.0230 s"1) for ICAM-1, the major ligand on endothelial cells (Table 4). The KD for ICAM-1 is in the nanomolar range and ICAM-1 showed the highest affinity, followed by ICAM-2 and ICAM-3. The open I-domain also showed nanomolar range affinity for murine ICAM-1.
Table 4. Kinetics of open I-domain binding to ICAMs
Ligand , (MV) * off fr ) KD (nMX
ICAM-1 1.28 x lO5 0.0230 180
ICAM-2 0.23 x l O5 0.01 18 513
ICAM-3 0.19 x lO5 0.0749 3942 k on, k off, and KD were calculated based on 1 : 1 interaction model using BIAevaluation™ software.
In another study, measurements ofthe affinity ofthe recombinant, soluble high affinity αL I domain for its ligand ICAM-1 show a Kd of 200 nM, as assessed by BIAcore. Thus, the isolated, high affinity conformer ofthe αL I domain is as active as the most activated αLβ2 heterodimer.
The activity ofthe soluble open I-domain to inhibit LFA-1 -dependent adhesion was tested. In one study, K562 cells stably expressing wild-type LFA-1 were fluorescently labeled by BCECF and LFA-1 on the cell surface was activated by the activating monoclonal antibody, CBRLFA-1/2 in LI 5 media supplemented with FCS. The cells were subsequently incubated in ICAM-1 coated 96-well plastic plates in the presence or absence of I-domains. After incubation for 40 minutes at 37°C, unbound cells were washed off on a Microplate Auto washer. The fluorescence content of total input cells and the bound cells in each well was quantitated on a Fluorescent Concentration Analyzer. The bound cells were expressed as a percentage of total input cells per sample well. In contrast to the wild-type I-domain, the open I-domain mutant strongly inhibited adhesion of LFA-1 expressing cells to immobilized ICAM-1 (Figure 10A).
In another study, the murine T lymphoma cell line EL-4 which expresses both murine LFA-1 and its ligands, including murine ICAM-1, and which exhibits LFA-1- dependent homotypic aggregation upon activation by PMA was used. Cells were incubated in a 96 well plate in the presence of 50 ng/ml PMA and varying amounts of soluble I-domains. After incubation for 2 hours at 37°C, 5% CO2, the degree of aggregation was scored under the microscope as follows: 0 indicated that essentially no cells were clustered; 1 indicated that <10% of cells were aggregated; 2 indicated clustering of <50%; 3 indicated that up to 100% of cells were in small, loose aggregates; 4 indicated that nearly 100% of cells were in larger clusters; and 5 indicated that nearly 100% of cells were in very large, tight clusters. As shown in Figure 10B, the soluble open I-domain also inhibited PMA-induced LFA-1 dependent homotypic aggregation of the murine T-cell line EL-4. Moreover, the ability ofthe open I-domain mutants to inhibit LFA-1 function in vivo was tested by visualizing microcirculation in the peripheral lymph node (LN) with intravital microscopy. Briefly, a small bolus (20-50 μl) of LN cell suspensions from T- GFP mice were retrogradely injected through a femoral artery catheter and visualized in the subiliac LN by fluorescent epi-illumination from a video-triggered xenon arc stroboscope. After recording control T FP cell behavior in the absence of I-domain, the mouse was pretreated by intra-arterial injection of I-domain (10 μg/g of weight) 5 minutes before TGFP cell injection. All scenes were recorded on videotape and off-line analysis was done. The rolling fraction was calculated as percentage of rolling cells amount the total number of TGFP cells that entered a venule. The sticking (firm adhesion) fraction was determined as the percentage of TGFP cells becoming firmly adherent for >20 seconds in the number of T FP cells that rolled in a venule. Results were semi-quantitatively scored as follows: -: 0%, ±: 0-5%, +: 5-20%, ++: 20-40%, +++: 40-60%, ++++: 60-80%, +++++: 80- 100%.
As shown in Table 5, below, injection ofthe open I-domain but not the wild-type I-domain effectively blocked firm adhesion of T-lymphocytes to high endothelial venules, which is LFA-1 -dependent. Lymphocyte rolling that is mediated by L-selectin and PNAd was not compromised, suggesting that the inhibitory effects ofthe open I- domain was LFA-1 specific. Table 5. In vivo firm adhesion of lymphocytes under flow in peripheral lymph node high endothelial venules was inhibited by open but not wild-type I-domain
Fraction
I-domain rolling firm adhesion transmigration none +++ ++ ± wild-type +++ ++ ± open ++++ ± -
Kinetics ofthe Binding ofaL Mutant I-domains to ICAM-1
To further investigate the kinetics of the interaction ofthe αL I-domains with
ICAM-1, recombinant soluble αL I-domains were expressed in E coli, refolded and purified. As shown in Table 6, below, the affinity of Ε284C/Ε301C is nearly comparable to K287C/K294C. The affinity of L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are significantly higher than wild type, but 20-30 times lower than high- affinity open αL I-domain, K287C/K294C. L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C are referred to as intermediate-affinity αL I-domains.
Table 6. Kinetics of interaction of αL I-domains with ICAM-1 αL I-domain Kon Koff(l/s) KD (μM)
(1/Ms)
Locked open
K287C/K294C 1.28 X 105 0.0230 0.180
E284C/E301C 1.28 X 105 0.0459 0.360
L161C/F299C 1.36 X 105 0.513 3.76
K160C/F299C 1.53 X 105 0.67 4.39
L161C/T300C 1.35 X 105 0.65 4.8
WT 2.22 X 103 3.00 1350
Locked closed
L289C/K294C 2.11 X 103 2.84 1760
Recombinant soluble αL I-domains were expressed in E. coli, refolded and purified. Kinetics of binding ofthe I-domains to ICAM-1 was measured by BIAcore™ instruments. Kinetics was analyzed BIAevaluation™ software. KD was calculated by Scatchard plots using data at steady states. Koff was obtained by curve fitting ofthe dissociation phase using 1:1 binding model. Kon was calculated by Koff/KD.
EXAMPLE 6 CONSTRUCTION AND ACTIVITY OF Mac-1 CYSTEINE SUBSTITUTION MUTANTS
A similar approach was taken to design an open, high affinity conformation of Mac-1 by introducing a disulfide bond into the I-domain. The design of Mac-1 cysteine substitution mutants was described in Example 1.
Table 7. Cα and Cβ between mutated residues in either open or closed conformation ido (open conformation) jlm (closed conformation) mutations Cα Cβ Cα Cβ
Locked open
Q163C/Q309C 8.37 6.36 9.11 7.16
Q298C/N301C 5.31 4.21 9.05 10.91
D294C/T307C 9.21 8.67 16.01 17.52
D294C/Q311C 9.02 7.08 9.79 10.02
F297C/A304C 6.31 3.78 11.18 10.17
Locked closed
Q163C/R313C 13.8 13.33 7.36 5.15
The distance between wild-type residues was measured by Look™ software in open conformation (lido) or closed conformation (Ijlm).
In order to assess the effect of the introduction of pairs of potentially disulfide bond-forming cysteines into the I-domain of αMβ2 on CBRMl/5 activation-dependent epitope expression and ligand binding, plasmids encoding the wild-type or mutant αM subunits and the β2 subunit were co-transfected into 293 T and K562 cells, αβ heterodimer formation was confirmed using monoclonal antibody CBRMl/32 which recognizes an epitope in the putative β-propeller domain ofthe αM subunit only after association with the β2 subunit, and antibody CBRMl/5 was used to detect integrin activation.
The Q163C/Q309C pair of mutations worked well (Figure 1 IB, Figure 12B and C). This mutant introduces a putative disulfide bond near the bottom front ofthe I- domain, between residues that are in the lower one-third ofthe last α-helix and the first α-helix, and have Cβ carbons that are 6.36A apart in the lido structure. In contrast, the Cβ carbons for the D294C/T307C and D294C/N31 1 C substitutions are 8.67A and 7.08A apart, respectively. The Cβ carbons for the Q298C/N301C and F297C/A304C substitutions are within the ideal range, however these substitutions are closer to the loop between the last β-strand and α-helix, and must have unfavorable effects such as distorting the ligand binding site. When expressed within an intact heterodimer in transiently transfected 293T cells, the Q163C/Q309C mutant is expressed half as well as wild-type as measured by CBRM1/32 antibody, but the ratio ofthe CBRMl/5 activation-dependent epitope to CBRM1/32 expression is markedly higher (Figure 11 A). In addition, the adhesion of 293T cells expressing the Mac-1 Q163C/Q309C mutant to iC3b coated on plastic, as assayed in L15/FBS medium at room temperature, was higher than wild-type, despite its lower expression (Figure 1 IB).
Alternatively, isolated Mac-1 mutant I-domains were expressed on the cell surface in conjunction with an artificial signal sequence and transmembrane domain of the PDGF receptor. Adhesion was assayed in LI 5/FBS/MnCl2 at 37°C. The isolated wild-type I-domain showed no binding to iC3b, whereas the previously described mutants with computationally redesigned hydrophobic cores, idolr and ido2r, were active (Figure 1 IC) (Shimaoka, M et al. (2000) Nature Structural Biology 7:674-678). The Q163C/Q309C mutant I-domain exhibited strong specific ligand binding that was completely blocked by the inhibitory I-domain monoclonal antibody CBRMl/5 (Figure 12C).
In a further study, the open I-domain mutants Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC were stably expressed in K562 cells, and clones expressing the same levels of receptors were selected. Adhesion assays to immobilized iC3b were performed with L15/FBS at 37°C. In contrast to 293T cells, wild-type Mac-1 has little basal activity for ligand binding in these cells (Figure 12A and 12B). Both Q163C/Q309C and D294C/Q31 IC showed increased CBRMl/5 activation-dependent epitope expression and increased ligand binding when expressed in an intact αMβ2 heterodimer, as compared to wild-type (Figure 12A and 12B). Moreover, K562 cells expressing isolated open I-domain mutants on the cell surface showed strong specific binding to iC3b as compared to wild- type (Figure 12C).
In order to confirm that the increased ligand binding activity ofthe open I- domain mutants is induced by the formation of a disulfide bond, the effect ofthe reducing agent DTT was tested. Binding of αMβ2 transfectants containing mutant I- domains to immobilized iC3b on plastic was tested in the presence and absence of DTT. As summaried in Table 8, below, locked open αM I-domains, (Q163C/Q309C) and (D294C/Q31 lc), are active in the absence of activation and their activities are partly reduced by disulfide reduction by DTT. By contrast, locked closed αM I-domain Q163C/R313C is inactive and resistant to activation, but becomes activatable after disulfide reduction by DTT.
As shown in Figure 12C, DTT treatment abolished ligand binding by isolated locked open I-domains. In contrast, DTT increased binding ofthe intact wild-type αMβ2 (Figure 2B), indicating that DTT used in this experiment was not toxic and abolishment of ligand binding by the open I-domain mutants was not due to a nonspecific effect of DTT. Taken together, these data suggest that the introduced cysteines result in the formation of a disulfide bridge that constrains the Mac-1 I-domain in an open or closed conformation.
Table 8. Summary of adhesion assay of αMβ2 transfectant containing mutant I-domains
- DTT - DTT + DTT + DTT mutations - activation + activation - activation + activation
Wild type ± ++++ ++ ++++
Locked open
Q163C/Q309C ++++ ++++ ++ ++++
Q298C/N301C ± + NT NT
D294C/T307C ± + NT NT
D294C/Q311C ++++ ++++ ++ ++++
F297C/A304C ± ++ NT NT
Locked closed
Q163C/R313C ± ± ++ +++
Binding of αMβ2 transfectants containing mutant I-domains to immobilized iC3b on plastic was tested. Results were semi-quantitatively scored as follow; ±: 0-5%, +: 5-25%, ++25-50%, +++: 50-
75%, ++++: 75-100%) of binding by activated wild type transfectant.
NT: not tested
DTT: disulfide reduction by DTT treatment.
+ activation: activated by activating mAB
CBR LFA-1/2 Equivalents
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments ofthe invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed:
1. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
2. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is stabilized in the open conformation.
3. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is stabilized in the closed conformation.
4. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2 which binds ligand with high affinity.
5. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution as compared to the wild-type sequence.
6. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2, wherein the distance between Cβ carbons ofthe residues that are substituted for cysteines is 3.00- 8.09A.
7. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is derived from an I-domain of an integrin α subunit selected from the group consisting of: αl, α2, αlO, αl 1, αD, αE, αL (CDl la), αM (CDl lb) and αX (CDl lc).
8. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2 which is derived from the I-domain ofthe αL subunit of LFA-1.
9. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 3 which is derived from the I-domain ofthe αL subunit of LFA-1.
10. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 7 which contains amino acid substitutions selected from the group consisting of K287C/K294C, E284C/E301C, L161C/F299C, K160C/F299C, and L161C/T300C.
11. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 8 which contains amino acid substitutions L289C/K294C.
12. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2 which is derived from the I-domain ofthe αM subunit of Mac-1.
13. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide ofclaim 3 which is derived from the i-domain ofthe αM subunit of Mac-1.
14. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 12 which contains amino acid substitutions selected from the group consisting of Ql 63C/Q309C and
D294C/Q311C.
15. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 13 which contains amino acid substitutions Q163C/R313C.
16. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is comprised within an integrin α subunit.
17. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 16 which is further associated with an integrin β subunit.
18. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is a soluble polypeptide.
19. A modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 1 which is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide.
20. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide as defined in any one of claims 1-15.
21. A composition comprising a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide as defined in any one of claims 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
22. A composition of claim 20, wherein said modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is a soluble polypeptide.
23. A composition of claim 21 , further comprising an anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive agent.
24. The use of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2 as an immunogen to produce antibodies that selectively bind to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation.
25. An antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to a modified integrin I-domain in the open conformation.
26. An antibody of claim 25 which binds to an activation specific epitope on the integrin I-domain.
27. An antibody of claim 25 which blocks an interaction between an integrin and a cognate ligand.
28. An antibody ofclaim 25, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, further comprising a pharmaceutical composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
29. An antibody ofclaim 25, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, wherein said antibody is an LFA-1 antibody.
30. An anti-LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an LFA-1 I-domain in the open conformation.
31. The LFA-1 antibody ofclaim 30, wherein said anti-LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, selectively binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain.
32. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide containing at least one disulfide bond, such that said modified I-like domain polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
33. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide of claim 30 which is stabilized in the open conformation.
34. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide of claim 31 which binds ligand with high affinity.
35. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide of claim 30 which is encoded by an amino acid sequence containing at least one cysteine substitution as compared to the wild-type sequence.
36. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide of claim 30 which is derived from an I-like domain of an integrin β subunit.
37. A modified integrin I-like domain polypeptide of claim 30 which is comprised within an integrin β subunit.
38. A method for stabilizing a polypeptide in a desired conformation, said method comprising introducing at least one disulfide bond into the polypeptide such that the polypeptide is stabilized in a desired conformation.
39. The method ofclaim 38, wherein the disulfide bond is formed by the introduction of at least one cysteine substitution into the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide.
40. The method ofclaim 38, wherein the distance between Cβ carbons in the residues that are substituted for cysteines is 3.00-8.09 A.
41. The method ofclaim 38, wherein said polypeptide comprises a functional domain of a protein.
42. The method ofclaim 41, wherein said polypeptide comprises an integrin I-domain.
43. The method ofclaim 38, wherein said polypeptide is selected from the group of polypeptides consisting of: an integrin subunit, a small G protein, a heterotrimeric G protein alpha subunit, a tyrosine kinases, a G protein-coupled receptor, an enzyme under allosteric control, a zymogen, complement C3, complement C4, and fibrinogen.
44. A method for identifying a modulator of integrin activity comprising:
(a) providing a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2;
(b) contacting the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide with a test compound; and
(c) assaying the ability ofthe test compound to bind to the modified integrin I- domain polypeptide, to thereby identify a modulator of integrin activity.
45. A method for identifying a compound capable of modulating the interaction of an integrin and a cognate ligand comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide of claim 2;
(b) contacting the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide with a ligand ofthe integrin in the presence and absence of a test compound; and
(c) detecting binding between the modified integrin I-domain polypeptide and said ligand, to thereby identify a compound capable of modulating the interaction between an integrin and a cognate ligand.
46. A method for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder in a subject comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation, thereby treating or preventing an integrin-associated disorder in a subject.
47. The method ofclaim 46, wherein said integrin-mediated disorder is an inflammatory disorder.
48. The method of claim 46, wherein said integrin-mediated disorder is an autoimmune disorder.
49. A method of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide stabilized in the open conformation, thereby inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject.
50. The method of either one of claims 46 and 49, wherein said modified integrin I-domain polypeptide binds ligand with high affinity.
51. The method of either one of claims 46 and 49, wherein said modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is a soluble polypeptide.
52. The method ofclaim 50, wherein said modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is operatively linked to a heterologous polypeptide.
53. The method of either of claims 46 and 49, wherein said modified integrin I-domain polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of: αL K287C/K294C, αL
E284C/E301C, αL L161C/F299C, αL K160C/F299C, αL L161C/Y300C, αM Q163C/Q309C and αM D294C/Q311C.
54. A method for treating or preventing an integrin-mediated disorder in a subject comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation, thereby treating or preventing an integrin-associated disorder in a subject.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the antibody binds to a modified integrin I-domain, or an antigen binding fragment thereof.
56. The method ofclaim 54, wherein said antibody is an LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof.
57. The method of claim 54, wherein said integrin-mediated disorder is an inflammatory disorder.
58. The method ofclaim 54, wherein said integrin-mediated disorder is an autoimmune disorder.
59. A method of treating an integrin-mediated disorder in a subject comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anti- LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation, thereby treating or preventing an integrin- associated disorder in a subject.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein said anti-LFA-1 antibody binds to a modified LFA-1 I-domain, or an antigen binding fragment thereof.
61. The method of claim 59, wherein said integrin-mediated disorder is an inflammatory disorder.
62. A method of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which selectively binds to an integrin I-domain in the open conformation, thereby inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a cognate ligand in a subject.
63. The method ofclaim 62, wherein said antibody is an LFA-1 antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof.
64. The method of any one of claims 54, 59, or 62, wherein said antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, binds to an activation specific epitope on the integrin I-domain.
65. A vaccine formulation for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an inflammatory disorder comprising an effective amount of a nucleic acid encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof.
66. The vaccine formulation of claim 65, further comprising an antigenic component.
67. The vaccine formulation of claim 65, further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
68. A method for treating an integrin-mediated disorder in a subject comprising administering to said subject a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide, or active fragment thereof, inserted into a vector.
69. The method ofclaim 68, wherein said nucleic acid molecule is administered to a subject by intravenous injection.
70. The method ofclaim 68, wherein said nucleic acid molecule further comprises an antigenic component.
71. A non-human, transgenic animal comprising a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified integrin I-domain polypeptide.
72. The transgenic animal of claim 71 , wherein said animal is a mouse.
PCT/US2001/027227 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same WO2002018583A2 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP01966492A EP1315812B1 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same
CA2417432A CA2417432C (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same
DE60140457T DE60140457D1 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 MODIFIED POLYPEPTIDES STABILIZED IN THE DESIRED CONFORMATION, AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
AT01966492T ATE448306T1 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 MODIFIED POLYPEPTIDES STABILIZED IN THE DESIRED CONFORMATION AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
AU2001287000A AU2001287000A1 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same
JP2002522490A JP5113314B2 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptide stabilized in desired conformation and method for producing the polypeptide

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22970000P 2000-09-01 2000-09-01
US60/229,700 2000-09-01

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002018583A2 WO2002018583A2 (en) 2002-03-07
WO2002018583A3 WO2002018583A3 (en) 2003-01-30
WO2002018583A9 true WO2002018583A9 (en) 2003-10-30

Family

ID=22862353

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2001/027227 WO2002018583A2 (en) 2000-09-01 2001-08-31 Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (6) US7160541B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1315812B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5113314B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE448306T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2001287000A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2417432C (en)
DE (1) DE60140457D1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002018583A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7927591B2 (en) * 2004-02-19 2011-04-19 The Cbr Institute For Biomedical Research, Inc. Conformation specific antibodies
US7081687B2 (en) * 2004-07-22 2006-07-25 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Power system for a telecommunications facility
US7240492B2 (en) * 2004-07-22 2007-07-10 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Fuel system used for cooling purposes
JP4903146B2 (en) 2004-08-16 2012-03-28 イミューン ディズィーズ インスティテュート インコーポレイテッド Methods for delivering RNA interference and uses thereof
US20070018182A1 (en) * 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Goldeneye, Inc. Light emitting diodes with improved light extraction and reflectivity
US20090291048A1 (en) * 2005-10-25 2009-11-26 Baker Idi Heart And Diabetes Institute Holdings Limited Leukocyte-binding polypeptides and uses thereof
WO2007070488A2 (en) * 2005-12-12 2007-06-21 The Cbr Institute For Biomedical Research, Inc. Integrin alpha l i domain mutants with increased binding affinity
AU2007243370A1 (en) * 2006-04-24 2007-11-08 The Cbr Institute For Biomedical Research, Inc. Method of producing immunoliposomes and compositions thereof
US20130129752A1 (en) * 2006-04-25 2013-05-23 Immune Disease Institute, Inc. Targeted delivery to leukocytes using protein carriers
CN101490548A (en) * 2006-06-02 2009-07-22 哈佛大学校长及研究员协会 Protein surface remodeling
ES2570334T3 (en) 2006-06-02 2016-05-17 Harvard College Surface protein remodeling
WO2008006087A2 (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Antibodies to conformationally trapped proteins
CN102066405B (en) * 2008-04-28 2015-09-30 哈佛大学校长及研究员协会 For the supercharged proteins of cell-penetrating
US8877893B2 (en) * 2008-12-29 2014-11-04 Children's Medical Center Corporation Stabilized low affinity conformation of integrins for drug discovery
JP2012525146A (en) 2009-04-28 2012-10-22 プレジデント アンド フェロウズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ Overcharged protein for cell penetration
EP3722808A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2020-10-14 Biogen MA Inc. Methods for determining differences in alpha-4 integrin activity by correlating differences in svcam and/or smadcam levels
EP2694109A4 (en) * 2011-04-07 2015-02-18 Neotope Biosciences Ltd Compositions and methods for treating diseases of protein aggregation involving ic3b deposition
EP2701699B1 (en) 2011-04-28 2019-10-16 The Broad Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2014018979A1 (en) 2012-07-27 2014-01-30 The Broad Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US9880179B2 (en) 2013-02-05 2018-01-30 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Method for selecting agents that bind to transmembrane receptors in a conformationally selective manner
EP3947419A4 (en) * 2019-04-01 2023-05-24 Rush University Medical Center Reagents and assays using modified integrin domains
US11100297B2 (en) * 2019-04-15 2021-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Provision of natural language response to business process query

Family Cites Families (63)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4873191A (en) 1981-06-12 1989-10-10 Ohio University Genetic transformation of zygotes
US4522811A (en) 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
US4870009A (en) 1982-11-22 1989-09-26 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Method of obtaining gene product through the generation of transgenic animals
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4736866A (en) 1984-06-22 1988-04-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Transgenic non-human mammals
JPS6147500A (en) 1984-08-15 1986-03-07 Res Dev Corp Of Japan Chimera monoclonal antibody and its preparation
EP0173494A3 (en) 1984-08-27 1987-11-25 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Chimeric receptors by dna splicing and expression
GB8422238D0 (en) 1984-09-03 1984-10-10 Neuberger M S Chimeric proteins
JPS61134325A (en) 1984-12-04 1986-06-21 Teijin Ltd Expression of hybrid antibody gene
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
DE122007000007I1 (en) 1986-04-09 2007-05-16 Genzyme Corp Genetically transformed animals secreting a desired protein in milk
JPH01502879A (en) 1987-02-26 1989-10-05 ダナ　ファーバー　キャンサー　インスティテュート Cloning of LFA-1
US5512660A (en) 1987-05-04 1996-04-30 Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Purified ICAM-2 and fragment thereof
US5565550A (en) 1987-05-04 1996-10-15 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Antibodies to ICAM-2, and fragments thereof
US5284931A (en) 1987-05-04 1994-02-08 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Intercellular adhesion molecules, and their binding ligands
US5489533A (en) 1987-05-04 1996-02-06 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding ICAM-2
US5831036A (en) 1987-05-04 1998-11-03 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Soluble fragments of human intercellular adhesion molecule-1
US4873316A (en) 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
US5395929A (en) 1987-12-15 1995-03-07 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Isolated nucleic acid encoding the alpha subunit of the human leukocyte adhesion receptor
EP0364690A3 (en) 1988-08-23 1990-07-18 Dana Farber Cancer Institute The alpha-subunit of the mac-1 leukocyte adhesion receptor
EP1892296A1 (en) 1988-09-02 2008-02-27 Dyax Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
US6511664B1 (en) 1989-03-09 2003-01-28 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Intercellular adhesion molecule—2 and its binding ligands
US6797270B1 (en) 1989-03-16 2004-09-28 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Functional derivatives of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 in anti-viral therapy
US6777191B1 (en) 1989-03-16 2004-08-17 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Use of functional derivatives of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 in diagnosis of viral infection
FR2646438B1 (en) 1989-03-20 2007-11-02 Pasteur Institut A METHOD FOR SPECIFIC REPLACEMENT OF A COPY OF A GENE PRESENT IN THE RECEIVER GENOME BY INTEGRATION OF A GENE DIFFERENT FROM THAT OR INTEGRATION
US5328470A (en) 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
AU633958B2 (en) 1989-07-25 1993-02-11 Cell Genesys, Inc. Homologous recombination for universal donor cells and chimeric mammalian hosts
NZ236792A (en) 1990-01-19 1993-05-26 Merck & Co Inc Recombinant human anti-cd18 antibody, murine 1b4 heavy or light chain variable region, dna, vectors, mammalian host and pharmaceutical compositions
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
EP0538384A4 (en) 1990-07-10 1995-04-12 Smithkline Beecham Corp Oxamides
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
US5288854A (en) 1990-11-28 1994-02-22 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Functional derivatives of ICAM-1 which are substantially capable of binding to LFA-1 but are substantially incapable of binding to MAC-1
ATE439435T1 (en) 1991-03-01 2009-08-15 Dyax Corp CHIMERIC PROTEIN COMPRISING MICROPROTEIN HAVING TWO OR MORE DISULFIDE BONDS AND FORMATIONS THEREOF
US5460945A (en) 1991-05-30 1995-10-24 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Device and method for analysis of blood components and identifying inhibitors and promoters of the inflammatory response
US5891841A (en) 1991-06-11 1999-04-06 The Center For Blood Research, Inc. Methods of using intercellular adhesion molecule-3 (ICAM-3), antibodies thereto, and soluble fragments thereof
DE69233254T2 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-09-16 Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco Humanized Heregulin antibody
WO1993004169A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-03-04 Genpharm International, Inc. Gene targeting in animal cells using isogenic dna constructs
AU4390893A (en) 1992-05-21 1993-12-13 Center For Blood Research, Inc., The A novel receptor for alpha4 integrins and methods based thereon
CA2140933A1 (en) 1992-08-21 1994-02-22 Paula M. Jardieu Method for treating an lfa-1 mediated disorder
US5877295A (en) 1992-09-30 1999-03-02 The Center For Blood Research Antibodies which bind a subpopulation of Mac-1 (CD11b/CD18) molecules which mediate neutrophil adhesion to ICAM-1 and fibrinogen
US5514555A (en) 1993-03-12 1996-05-07 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Assays and therapeutic methods based on lymphocyte chemoattractants
US5470953A (en) * 1993-12-23 1995-11-28 Icos Corporation Human β2 integrin α subunit
GB2298520B (en) * 1995-03-03 1999-09-08 Hong Chen Fu In Heat sink device for integrated circuit
US6096871A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-08-01 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptides altered to contain an epitope from the Fc region of an IgG molecule for increased half-life
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5747035A (en) 1995-04-14 1998-05-05 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptides with increased half-life for use in treating disorders involving the LFA-1 receptor
US6121022A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-09-19 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5888765A (en) 1995-06-23 1999-03-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Endothelial-cell specific promoter
US6184223B1 (en) * 1995-10-27 2001-02-06 Molecumetics Ltd. Reverse-turn mimetics and methods relating thereto
US5914112A (en) 1996-01-23 1999-06-22 Genentech, Inc. Anti-CD18 antibodies in stroke
US5843712A (en) * 1996-06-06 1998-12-01 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Sindbis virus expression system for recombinant antibody production
CA2272842C (en) * 1996-11-27 2012-05-15 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-cd11a antibodies
US6037454A (en) 1996-11-27 2000-03-14 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-CD11a antibodies
EP0998486B2 (en) 1997-06-13 2012-02-01 Genentech, Inc. Protein recovery by chromatography followed by filtration upon a charged layer
US6572856B1 (en) * 1998-09-10 2003-06-03 The University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Methods for the prevention and treatment of cancer using anti-C3b(i) antibodies
US6582698B1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2003-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Treatment method
MY122724A (en) 1999-04-13 2006-04-29 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Method for preparing living polymer in the presence of phosphazenium salt
US20010031260A1 (en) 1999-12-14 2001-10-18 Genentech, Inc. Treatment method
JP3933847B2 (en) 2000-06-19 2007-06-20 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
WO2002004521A2 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-01-17 California Institute Of Technology Proteins with integrin-like activity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7879577B2 (en) 2011-02-01
AU2001287000A1 (en) 2002-03-13
US20100113742A1 (en) 2010-05-06
US20020123614A1 (en) 2002-09-05
CA2417432C (en) 2010-11-02
US7241869B2 (en) 2007-07-10
US20050260192A1 (en) 2005-11-24
US7968284B2 (en) 2011-06-28
US20110111528A1 (en) 2011-05-12
WO2002018583A3 (en) 2003-01-30
US20110305691A1 (en) 2011-12-15
US8241627B2 (en) 2012-08-14
CA2417432A1 (en) 2002-03-07
JP2004527217A (en) 2004-09-09
US7674604B2 (en) 2010-03-09
EP1315812A2 (en) 2003-06-04
JP5113314B2 (en) 2013-01-09
WO2002018583A2 (en) 2002-03-07
US20050182244A1 (en) 2005-08-18
DE60140457D1 (en) 2009-12-24
ATE448306T1 (en) 2009-11-15
US7160541B2 (en) 2007-01-09
EP1315812B1 (en) 2009-11-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8241627B2 (en) Modified polypeptides stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same
Takagi et al. Integrin activation and structural rearrangement
Li et al. Two functional states of the CD11b A-domain: correlations with key features of two Mn2+-complexed crystal structures
Humphries Integrin structure
Carman et al. Integrin avidity regulation: are changes in affinity and conformation underemphasized?
Bilsland et al. The leukocyte integrin p150, 95 (CD11c/CD18) as a receptor for iC3b. Activation by a heterologous beta subunit and localization of a ligand recognition site to the I domain.
EP0391088B1 (en) Use of functional derivatives of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 in anti-viral therapy
NO178862B (en) Process for the preparation of intracellular adhesion molecule - 2 or a functional derivative thereof
Shimaoka et al. Therapeutic antagonists and the conformational regulation of the β2 integrins
US20030078375A1 (en) High affinity integrin polypeptides and uses thereof
US20030109691A1 (en) Variant integrin polypeptides and uses thereof
Bansal et al. Small molecule antagonists of complement receptor type 3 block adhesion and adhesion-dependent oxidative burst in human polymorphonuclear leukocytes
WO2004007530A2 (en) Modified proteins stabilized in a desired conformation and methods for producing same
US6797270B1 (en) Functional derivatives of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 in anti-viral therapy
Bellucci et al. A different molecular interaction of bradykinin and the synthetic agonist FR190997 with the human B2 receptor: evidence from mutational analysis
US6777191B1 (en) Use of functional derivatives of the intercellular adhesion molecule ICAM-1 in diagnosis of viral infection
Marcantonio et al. Integrin receptor signaling: the propagation of an α-helix model
Askari Conformational Changes in Integrin α5β1: A Study of the Mechanism of Integrin Activation by Monoclonal Antibody SNAKA51
US20030236194A1 (en) Novel G protein-coupled receptor, GAVE2
US20030215878A1 (en) Novel G protein-coupled purinergic receptor, GAVE17
US20030086872A1 (en) SUT-2 and SUT-3 genes, proteins and assays for inhibitors of lymphocyte adhesion
JPH06145199A (en) Mac-1-binding site of icam-1
AU2003226272A8 (en) A novel g protein-coupled purinergic receptor, gave 17

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2417432

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002522490

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2001966492

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2001966492

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 1/12-12/12, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/13-13/13; DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE